Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 189

REVISION HISTORY BX1L CHASSIS

MODEL PART NO. : 9-872-834-02


KV-SW292M50
KV-SW292M50
KV-SW292M61
KV-SW292M80
KV-SW292N60

NO. SUFFIX DATE SUPP / CORR DESCRIPTION

1 -01 2005/7 __ 1st Issue

2 -02 2006/2 Corr a) TV Photo incorrect (cover page)


b) Beznet Assy illustration incorrect (page 59)
SERVICE MANUAL BX1L CHASSIS
MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.

KV-SW292M50 RM-GA002 India SCC-V06T-A

KV-SW292M50 RM-GA002 Thailand SCC-V39F-A

KV-SW292M61 RM-GA002 GE SCC-V44C-A

KV-SW292M80 RM-GA002 India SCC-V06S-A

KV-SW292N60 RM-GA002 Philippines SCC-V41C-A

RM-GA002

TRINITRON ® COLOR TV
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Title Page Section Title Page

SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ..................................3 4. DIAGRAMS


4-1. Block Diagram ......................................................... 31
1. DISASSEMBLY 4-2. Circuit Boards Location .......................................... 32
1-1. Rear Cover Removal .................................................. 5 4-3. Schematic Diagram Information ............................. 32
1-2. Speaker Removal ....................................................... 5 4-3-1. C Board Schematic Diagram ........................ 33
1-3. Chassis Assy Removal ............................................... 5 4-3-2. A Board — (Block 001) ............................... 35
1-4. Service Position ......................................................... 5 4-3-3. A Board — (Block 002) .............................. 37
1-5. Terminal Bracket Removal ........................................ 5 4-3-4. A Board — (Block 003) ............................... 39
1-6. F2 and J3 Board Removal ......................................... 5 4-3-5. J3 Board Schematic Diagram ....................... 40
1-7. F1 Board Removal ..................................................... 6 4-3-6. F1 and H4 Boards Schematic Diagrams ...... 41
1-8. H4 and H7 Boards Removal ...................................... 6 4-3-7 .H7 Boards Schematic Diagram .................... 42
1-9. A Board Removal ...................................................... 6 4-3-8 F2 Board Schematic Diagram ...................... 44
1-10. Picture Tube Removal ................................................ 7 4-3-9. VM Board Schematic Diagram .................... 46
4-4. Voltage Measurement and Waveforms .................... 47
2. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS 4-5. Printed Wiring Boards ............................................. 52
2-1. Beam Landing ............................................................ 8 4-6. Semiconductors ........................................................ 57
2-2. Convergence ............................................................... 9
2-3. Focus Adjustment .................................................... 11 5. EXPLODED VIEWS
2-4. G2 (SCREEN) Adjustments .................................... 11 5-1. Picture Tube and Speaker Bracket .......................... 59
2-5. White Balance Adjustment ...................................... 11 5-2. Chassis ..................................................................... 61

3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS 6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ........................................ 62


3-1. Adjustment With Commander ................................. 12
3-2. Adjustment Method ................................................. 13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3-3. Picture Quality Adjustment ..................................... 29
3-4. Geometry Adjustment .............................................. 30

CAUTION SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!


SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND THE COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON THE
ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, OR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE
CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVING THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE
ANODE. THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART
NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN
SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.

–2–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

The units in this manual contain a self-diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY Indicator will automatically
begin to flash.
The number of times the STANDBY Indicator flashes translates to a probable source of the problem.If an error symptom
cannot be reproduced, the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data stored in memory to
reveal past problems and how often these problems occur.

1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS


When an error occurs, the STANDBY Indicator will flash a number of times to indicate the possible cause of the
problem. If there is more than one error, the Indicator will identify the first of the problem areas.

Result for all of the following diagnostic items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a “0”.

Diagnosis No. of times Probable Detected


Item STANDBY Diagnostic Result Cause Symptoms
Description Indicator flashes on screen display Location
• No Power Does not light — • Power cord is not plugged • Power does not come on.
in. • No power is supplied to the
• Fuse is burned out (F4601) TV.
(F Board) • AC power supply is faulty.

• +B overcurrent 2 times 2:0 • H.OUT (Q511) is shorted. • Power does not come on.
(OCP) 2:1 ~ 255 (A board) • Load on power line is
• IC751 is shorted. shorted.
(C/CV Board)

• Vertical NG. 4 times 4:0 • +13V is not supplied. • Has entered standby state
4:1 ~ 255 (A Board) after horizontal raster.
• IC503 voltage list is faulty. • Vertical deflection pulse is
(A Board) stopped.
• Power line is shorted or
power supply is stopped.

• IK (AKB) 5 times 5:0 • Video OUT (IC751) is faulty. • No raster is generated.


5:1 ~ 255 (C Board) • CRT cathode current
• IC001 is faulty. (A Board) detection reference pulse
• Screen (G2) is improperly output is small.
adjusted.

• Supply Voltage 8 times 8:0 • IC604 faulty. • No power supply to CRT


Protection 8:1 ~ 255 • IC607 faulty. ANODE.
• No RASTER is generated.

2. STANDBY INDICATOR BLINKING PROCESS 3. STANDBY INDICATOR ON TV FRONT PANEL

Standby indicator
Lamp ON 300ms

Lamp OFF 300ms Lamp OFF 3 seconds

The example above represents for 4 times blink

–3–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

4. SELF DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY

SELF DIAGNOSTIC
2: 000 "0" means no fault has been detected.
3: N/A
4: 000
5: 001 "1" means a fault has been detected.
8: 002 "2" means two faults has been detected.
101 : N/A "N/A" means not available for this models.

5. HANDLING SELF DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY

No. Description Method


1. Display self diagnostic screen [Display] t [Channel 5 ] t [Volume ] t [Power / TV]
Note: The above must be performed while TV is on standby mode.
2. Stop standby flash i) Turn off power switch on main.
ii) Unplug power cord from the outlet.
3. Clear fault result In self diagnostic screen, press [Channel 8 ] t -
Note: Diagnostic results display on screen is not automatically cleared. Therefore,
clear result after completion of repair.
4. Quit self diagnostic screen Turn off power switch of remote commander or main unit.

6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT

A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD


IC001 IC804 IC001 IC003
Y/CHROMA JUNGLE V.OUT SYSTEM MEMORY

FROM SDA1
C BOARD 45 IK F.B-PLS 3 116 30 5 SDA
IC751 PIN 5 V.GUARD

A BOARD RED LED 7


FROM 97 EHTO
DISPLAY
Q816
COLLECTOR

[+B overcurrent $OCP%] Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B(135V) line is detected by pin 97 of IC001 (A board).
If the voltage of pin 97 of IC001 (A board) is more than 4V, the unit will automatically go to
standby.

[V-PROTECT] Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 116 of IC001
(A board).

[IK $AKB%] If the RGB levels* do not balance within 15 sec after the power is turned on, this error will be
detected by IC001 (A board). TV will stay on, but there will be 5 times LED blinking.

POWER SUPPLY NG (+5V) Occurs when IC001 internal HV protect detects an abnormal H-Pulse (frequency) due to
for VIDEO PROCESSOR improper power supply to IC001. TV cuts off high voltage power of anode CRT. No picture will be
detected. eg: IC602, IC604 go faulty.

* (Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects IK.)

–4–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

SECTION 1
DISASSEMBLY

1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL 1-2. SPEAKER REMOVAL

2 Rear cover

2 Two screws
(Washer Head)
(+P4 × 16)

1 Eleven screws
(+BVTP 4 × 16)

1-3. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL 1-4. SERVICE POSITION

1-5. TERMINAL BRACKET REMOVAL 1-6. F2 (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))


AND J3 BOARDS REMOVAL

2 One screw
(+BVTP 3 × 12)
3 F2 board

2 J3 Board
5 Terminal bracket
3 One screw
1 Two screws
(+BVTP 3 × 12)
1 One screw (+BVTP 3 × 12)
4 Two hooks (+BVTP 4 × 16)

–5–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

1-7. F1 BOARD REMOVAL 1-8. H4 and H7 BOARDS REMOVAL

1 One screw
(+BVTAP 3 x 12) 3 Five Hooks 4 H7 Board

2 H4 Board

1 Four Hooks

2 One hooks
3 F1 Board

1-9. A BOARD REMOVAL

2 One screw (Washer head)


(+P 3 × 12)
1 Five screws
(+BVTAP 3 × 12)

4 A Board

3 Four Hooks

–6–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

1-10. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

Note:
• Please make sure the TV set is not in standing position before removing necessary CRT support located on bottom
right and left.
1) Remove the rear cover.
2) Unplug all interconnecting leads from the Deflection yoke, Neck assy, Degaussing Coil and CRT grounding strap.
Remove Chassis Assy.
3) Place the TV set with the CRT face down on a cushion jig.

4 Anode Cap Removal

qg Nut, Special, CRT (x4) 5 Band, DGC Removal

6 Earth Coating Assy


qf Degaussing Coil
7 Loosen the Neck Assembly
fixing screw and removal
8 C Board Removal
qd Holder, DGC(2) Removal

qs Spring Tension(2) Removal


9 Chassis Assy Removal

qa Loosen the Deflection Yoke


0 VM Board Removal
fixing screw and remove

• REMOVAL OF ANODE-CAP

Note:
• After removing the anode, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT
shield or carbon paint on the CRT.

• REMOVING PROCEDURES c

a
anode button
a
3 When one side of the rubber cap is separated from the
anode button, the anode-cap can be removed by
turning up the rubber cap and pulling it up in the
1 Turn up one side of the rubber cap in the direction direction of the arrow c.
indicated by the arrow a.
• HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE-CAP
1 Do not damage the surface of anode-caps with
sharp shaped objects.
2 Do not press the rubber too hard so as not to
b damage the inside of anode-cap.
b
A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is
built into the rubber.
3 Do not turn the foot of rubber over too hard.
The shatter-hook terminal will stick out or damage
the rubber.

2 Using a thumb pull up the rubber cap firmly in the direc-


tion indicated by the arrow b.

–7–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

SECTION 2
SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS
The following adjustments should be made when a complete Perform the adjustments in order as follows :
realignment is required or a new picture tube is installed. 1. Beam Landing
2. Convergence
3. Focus
The controls and switch should be set as follows unless 4. G2(SCREEN)
otherwise noted: 5. White Balance
Picture Control....................................."NORMAL"
Brightness Control..............................."NORMAL" Note : Test Equipment Required.
1. Pattern Generator 5. Oscilloscope
2. Degausser 6. Landing Checker
3. DC Power Supply 7. XCV Adjuster
4. Digital Multimeter
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Preparation : 6. Then move the DY forward and adjust so that the entire
• Feed in the white pattern signal. screen becomes green.
• Before starting, degauss the entire screen with the
degausser.
• In order to reduce the geomagnetism on the set's picture
tube, face it east or west.

2-1. BEAM LANDING ADJUSTMENT


1. Input a raster signal with the pattern generator.
2. Loose the deflection yoke(DY) mounting screw, and set
the purity control to the center as shown below:-
Purity control

7. Now switch over raster signal to red then blue and


confirm the condition.
8. When the position of the DY is determined, tighten it with
the DY mounting screw.
9. If the beam does not land correctly in all the corners of
the screen, use magnet disc to correct it.

3. Position Neck Assy as shown below:- Purity control


corrects this area. Disc magnets or rotatable
Neck assy disc magnets correct these
areas (a-d).
b a

c d

Align the edge of


Deflection yoke positioning
the neck assy with
corrects these areas.
the edge of the G2 grid.

G1 G2 G3 c

4. Set the raster signal of the pattern generator to green.


5. Move the DY backward and adjust the purity control so a
that green is in the center and blue and red are at the
sides evenly. d

Blue
Red

Green

–8–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

2-2. CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT b) Horizontal Static Convergence


If the blue dots does not converge with the red and
Preparation: green dots, use the 6 pole magnet to adjust in
• Before starting, perform FOCUS adjustment. the manner described below:-
• Picture Mode "SOFT"
• Receive dot/cross hatch pattern. R G B R G B R G B

a) Vertical Static Convergence

Center dot R

B
R G B
R B
G R G B G
R B
4 pole magnet

RV705
H. STAT
6 Pole
Magnet

RV1800
6 Pole Magnet
G2 (SCREEN)
Purity
C Board

1. (Moving vertically), adjust the 4 pole magnet to


converge red, green and blue dots in the center of
the screen.
2. Tilt the 4 pole magnet and adjust static convergence
to open or close the 4 pole magnet.
DY pocket

4 pole Magnet

4 Pole
Magnet

3. When the 4 pole magnet is moved in the direction of c) Y Separation axis correction magnet adjustment.
arrow A and B, the red, green and blue dots moves 1. Receive cross hatch signal.
as shown below:- 2. Set Picture to "MINIMUM", Brightness to "STANDARD".
3. Adjust the Y separation axis correction magnet on
A B
the Neck Assembly so that the horizontal lines at
A the top and bottom of the screen are straight.
B B
B B
G G

R R Blue Red Blue Red


Neck assy Neck assy

Moved RV750 (H.STAT)

R G B R G B

VM board VM board

–9–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

d) Convergence Rough Adjustment

Preparation: b1
• Before starting this adjustment, adjust the
horizontal and vertical static convergence.
a1

Input cross hatch pattern.


i) TLH
Adjust the horizontal convergence of red and blue
dots by inserting TLH Correction Plate to the DY
pocket(left or right).
ii) YCH
Adjust YCH to balance Y axis.
iii) TLV
Adjust the vertical convergence of red and blue dots.
iv) XCV
Adjust XCV to balance X-axis
c1
d1
RB RB B
R
a1~d1: Piece A(90), Convergence Correct
R
B or
Permaloy Assy Correction
TLH YCH TLV XCV

ON DY :

ON DY :

(VR1)
TLV1 (no need to adjust)
(VR2)
YCH DY pocket

TLH Plate
(VR3)
TLV2

(XCV)

DY pocket

e) Screen Corner Convergence


Affix a Piece A(90), Convergence Correct/Permaloy Assy
Correction to the misconverged areas.
.

b a

a-d : screen-corner
misconvergence

c d

– 10 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

2-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT 2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT


FOCUS adjustment should be completed before W/B 1. Set to Service Mode.
adjustment. 2. Input white raster signal using signal generator.
3. Set the following condition:
1. Receive digital monoscope pattern. Picture "DYNAMIC", PICT 006 "WTS" to 00.
2. Set Picture Mode to "DYNAMIC". 4. At Highlight condition, select WHBL 003 "GDRV"
3. Adjust focus VR to obtain a just focus at the and 004 "BDRV" with 1 and 4 button of the
center of the screen. remote commander then adjust the data with
4. Change the receiving signal to white pattern 3 and 6 button.
and blue back. 5. At Cutoff, select WHBL 000 "BKOR" and 001 "BKOG"
5. Confirm magenta ring is not noticeable. In case and adjust the data.
magenta ring is obvious, then adjust FOCUS VR 6. Perform adjustment at Hightlight and Cutoff condition
to balance magenta ring and FOCUS. until it reaches its target.
7. Write data into memory by pressing [MUTING]➔-.
8. Finally set PICT 006 "WTS" back to its original data.

Focus

Screen

FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T503)

2-4. G2 (SCREEN) ADJUSTMENTS


1. Set the following condition:
- Picture and Brightness to "STANDARD".
- TV to Video mode.
- WHBL 16 "RGBB" to 01.
2. Connect R,G,B of the C board cathode to
oscilloscope.
3. Adjust Brightness to obtain the cathode value
to the value stated below.

Cathode setting voltage:


170 V ± 2 (VDC)

4. Adjust SCREEN VR on the FBT until the scanning line


disappears.
5. Finally set WHBL 016 "RGBB" back to 00.

– 11 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

SECTION 3
CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. ADJUSTMENT WITH COMMANDER
Service adjustments to this model can be performed using the supplied remote commander RM-GA002.

a. ENTERING SERVICE MODE


With the unit on standby
t [DISPLAY] t 5 t [VOL $+% ] t [POWER]
This operation sequence puts the unit into service mode.
This screen display is:

Item no. Service data NVM Service Field Channel no./


Category in decimal Item name in decimal NG Command Frequency Video Input Name
GEOM 006 EWPW 031 x SERVICE 60 S VIDEO 1

Software Service data Reserved Power On Time


Release ID Version in binary for factory Color System (decimal)
SUS01 3.50M 0001 1111 FF FF NTSC3 65553

Status SID,
Lock, SL
:not locked
(no signal) Status Status BC, Status Status S/N Status Status Display
:locked VW, IVWF HBC BCF LEVEL (0-7) GL Area
111 11 11 1 7 11 ZZ xy 1 1 000000 000000
Status
PTW

S : for Sony ZZ : DCXO Flash Value


A : for AIWA xy : Value of x : Value of y
L : BX1L Full 0 - unknown 0 - Mono
B : BX1L Basic 1 - BTSC 1 - Stereo
D : DVD Combo 2 - A2 2 - Bilingual
U S : Taiwan/Korea/Philippines 3 - NICAM 4 - SAP/Single
G A : General Area 4 - KOREAN
01 : Serial no. of the M / P release for each destination 5 - Japan
6 - AV Stereo

b. METHOD OF CANCELLATION FROM SERVICE MODE


Set the standby condition (Press [POWER] button on the commander), then press [POWER] button again, hereupon it becomes
TV mode.

c. METHOD OF WRITE INTO MEMORY


1. Set to Service Mode.
2. Press 1 (UP) and 4 (DOWN), to select the adjustment item.
3. Change item by pressing 3, 6.
4. Press [MUTING] button to indicate WRITE on the screen.
5. Press - button to write into memory.

1, 4 Select the adjustment item.


r
3, 6 Raise/lower the data value.
r
[MUTING] Writes.
r
- Executes the writing.

d. MEMORY WRITE CONFIRMATION METHOD


1. After adjustment, pull out the plug from AC outlet, and then plug into AC outlet again.
2. Turn the power switch ON and set to Service Mode.
3. Call the adjusted items again to confirm adjustments were made.

– 12 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

e. OTHER FUNCTION VIA REMOTE COMMANDER


7, - All the data becomes the values in memory.
8, - All user control goes to the standard state.
[Display], - Service data initialization (Be sure not to use usually.)
2, 5 Select Device or Category (Up, Down)

3-2. ADJUSTMENT METHOD


Item Number 000 HPOS
This explanation uses H POSITION as an example.
1. Select "000 HPOS" with the 1 and 4 buttons, or 2 and 5.
2. Raise/lower the data with the 3 and 6 buttons.
3. Select the optimum state. (The standard is IF for PAL reception.)
4. Write with the [MUTING] button. (The display changes to WRITE.)
5. Execute the writing with the - button. (The WRITE display will be changed to red color while excuting, and back to
SERVICE.)
Example on screen display :-

GEOM 000 HPOS 031 SERVICE 50 GREEN


SUS01 3.50M 0001 1111 FF FF NTSC3 65553 Adjusted with 3
and 6 buttons.

GEOM 000 HPOS 031 WRITE 50 GREEN


SUS01 3.50M 0001 1111 FF FF NTSC3 65553

Write with [MUTING]

GEOM 000 HPOS 031 WRITE 50 RED


SUS01 3.50M 0001 1111 FF FF NTSC3 65553 The WRITE display
then the display
returns to green
Write executed with - SERVICE.

Use the same method for all Items. Use 1 and 4 to select the adjustment item, use 3 and 6 to adjust, write with [MUTING],
then execute the write with -.

Note : 1. In [WRITE], the data for all items are written into memory together.
2. For adjustment items that have different standard data between 50Hz or 60Hz, be sure to use the respective input
signal after adjustment.

– 13 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
Adjustment Item Table
NOTE
a) In the initial value (detailed) column, the data after the slash mark ("/") refers to NTSC model data.
No ("/") means data is common for Multi and NTSC model.
b) Item remarked "*" and "**", please refer page xx ~ xx for the data (not applicable for these models).
c) shaded items are no data.
d) Standard data listed on the Adjustment Item Table are reference values, therefore it may be different for each model and for each mode.
e) Note for the Different Data those are the standard data values written on the microprocessor. Therefore, the data values of the models are stored respectively in the memory.

RM-GA002
In the case of a device replacement, adjustment by rewriting the data value is necessary for some items.
f) Multi ver6.16, NTSC ver6.19N

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec (4:3) 50 (4:3) 60 (4:3) w50 (4:3) w60
GEOM 000 HPOS 031 063 Horizontal Shift (HS) TV-Processor 31 31 31 31
001 HPAR 031 063 Horizontal Parallelogram 31 31 31 31
002 HBOW 031 063 Horizontal Bow 31 31 31 31
003 VLIN 031 063 Vertical Linearity 31 31 31 31
004 VSCR 031 063 Vertical Scroll 31 31 31 31
– 14 –

005 HSIZ 031 063 EW Width (EW) 31 31 31 31


006 EWPW 031 063 EW Parabola/Width (PW) 31 31 31 31
007 UCOP 017 063 EW Upper Corner Parabola 17 17 17 17
008 LCOP 017 063 EW Lower Corner Parabola 17 17 17 17
009 EWTZ 031 063 EW Trapezium 31 31 31 31
010 VSLP 031 063 Vertical Slope (VS) 31 31 31 31
011 VSIZ 015 063 Vertical Amplitude 15 15 15 15
012 SCOR 014 063 S-Correction (SC) 14 14 14 14
013 VPOS 031 063 Vertical Shift (VSH) 31 31 31 31
014 VZOM 031 063 Vertical Zoom (VZ)
015 HBL 000 001 RGB Blanking Mode 01 01 01 01
016 WBF 007 015 Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF) 08 04 08 04
017 WBR 007 015 Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR) 09 10 09 10
018 SBL 000 001 Service Blanking 00
019 COPY 000 001 Copy the GEO data to all 50/60Hz NVM area X
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp YUV Pic mode 0 Pic mode 1 Pic mode 2 TV Video
Category No. Name Dec Dec (COOL (WARM (NEUTRAL (COOL YUV) (WARM (NEUTRAL (Vivid) (Std) (Custom)
other) other) other) YUV) YUV)
WHBL 000 BKOR 031 063 Black Level Offset R (OFB = 00), Offset B (OFB = 01) col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) TV-Processor 31 31 31 31 31 31
001 BKOG 031 063 Black Level Offset G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 20 20 20 20 20 20
002 RDRV 037 063 White Point R col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) TV-Processor 37 37 37 37 37 37
003 GDRV 037 063 White Point G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 45 42 37 45 42 37
004 BDRV 037 063 White Point B col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 48 40 30 48 40 30
005 LPG 000 001 RGB Gain Preset none 00
006 PGR 031 127 Preset Gain R (PGR) none 40
007 PGG 031 127 Preset Gain G (PGG) none 40
008 PGB 031 127 Preset Gain B (PGB) none 40
009 GNOF 000 015 Preset Gain Offset none CCC loop 10
010 SBRT 031 063 Sub-Brightness Others/RGB/YUV 38 38 38
011 SBR O 000 003 Sub-Brightness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 00
012 EGL 000 001 Enable Gain Loop in CCC System none 00
013 SGL 000 003 Selection of High Current in CCC System none 00
014 AKB 000 001 Black Current Stabilization none 00
015 CBS 000 001 Control Sequence of Beam Current Limiting none 00
016 RGBB 000 003 RGB Blanking none
017 BLBG 000 001 Blanking of Blue & Green Output none 00
018 OFB 000 001 Black Level Offset Blue none 01
019 NSBR 000 015 Non Standard Brightness Offset none 00
020 WBP 000 003 Color Temp Setting (0:High, 1:Normal, 2,3:Low) Picture Mode 00 01 01
– 15 –

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
YUV 50 pal 50 pal 50 Secam 50 Secam 60TV 60 50YUV 60YUV Pic mode 0 Pic mode 1 Pic mode 2 TV Video TV Wide Video Wide
Category No. Name Dec Dec (TV) (Video) (TV) (Video) (Video) (Vivid) (Std) (Custom) (4:3) (4:3)
SADJ 000 PMAX 063 063 Picture Maximum (TV / Video)*(Normal / Wide) / <Normal / Wide> TV-Processor 46 46 40 40
001 SHUE 007 015 Sub-Hue TV / Video 02 09
002 SSHP 015 063 Sub-Sharpness TV / Video / YUV 30 26/22 34
003 SSHO 000 007 Sub-Sharpness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 04/05
004 SCOL 031 063 Sub-Color 50pal(tv)/50pal(video)/50secam(tv)/50secam(video)/ 29 29 29 29 30 30 29 29
60TV/60video/50YUV/60YUV/50RGB/60RGB
005 SCOO 000 003 Sub-Color Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 01/02
006 PIC 031 127 Picture Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 100 90 100
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
007 COL 031 127 Color Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 57 50 50
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
008 BRT 031 127 Brightness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 48 50 50
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
009 HUE 031 127 Hue Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 50 50 50
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
(*Send to TINT #1Eh(5-0) with US model)
010 SHP 031 127 Sharpness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 58 50 50
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Others YUV PAL(TV) NTSC(TV) SECAM(TV) PAL(Video) NTSC(Video) SECAM(Video) S-INPUT SECAM NTSC TV
YC 000 PFRQ 000 003 Peaking Center Frequency and Delay TV/other TV-Processor 00 00
001 RPA 001 003 Ratio Pre & Over Shoot TV/other 02 02
002 RPO 002 003 Ratio of Positive & Negative Peaks TV/other 02 02
003 YDLY 012 015 Y-Delay (PAL/NTSC/SECAM)*(TV/VIDEO)+YUV/S-INPUT 10 10/- 10/- 06/- 11 09 06 10/-
004 CMAT 000 003 PAL-SECAM or NTSC (Japan/USA) Matrix 00
005 ACL 001 001 Automatic Color Limiting 01
006 CB 000 001 Chroma Bandpass Center Frequency valid only with TV (*Video:0 fix) 00

RM-GA002
007 SBO 001 003 SECAM Black Offset 01
008 CHSE 001 003 PAL/NTSC Ident Sensitivity 03
009 CLO 000 001 Center Frequency of Cloche(Bell) Filter 00
010 CTRP 000 001 Chroma Trap Mode SECAM/others 00 01
011 BPS 000 001 Bypass of Chroma Base-band Delay Line NTSC/others 00 01
012 FCO 000 001 Forced Color On 00
013 TINT 031 063 Base-Band Tint Control YUV/others 32 32 32
014 TUV 000 001 Tint Control on UV Signals 00
– 16 –

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec (4:3) 50 (4:3) 60 Others YUV TV Video Teletext TV-ip No signal
SYNC 000 SYS 000 001 Synchronization on YSYNC Input TV Processor 00
001 FO 000 003 Phase 1 Time Constant TV IP ON/TV IP OFF/Video/Teletext/Auto Tuning or No signal(RF) 03 03 01/- 00 00
002 VID 000 001 Video Ident Mode 50/60 00 00
003 FSL 000 001 Forced Slicing Level for Vertical Sync 00
004 SSL 000 001 Slicing Level Sync Separator 50/60 00 00
005 SVID 001 007 Source Selection for Video Identification YUV/Others 00 00
006 FORF 000 003 Forced Field Frequency 03/00
007 MVK 000 001 Macro Vision Keying 01
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Others Live TV TV Video Video ColorTemp ColorTemp Color Color Temp
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(Dyn) (Others) (Dyn) (Others) (HIGH) (Others) Temp(LOW) (NORMAL)
PICT 000 CADL 007 015 Cathode Drive Level 05
001 CFA 000 003 Comb Filter Mode 00
002 SOC 002 003 Soft Clipping Level 02
003 PWL 001 001 Peak White Limiting Switch 01
004 WHTL 006 015 Peak White Limiting 00
005 GAM 001 001 Gamma 01
006 WTS 001 003 Gamma Control and White Stretch Live/Others 01 01
007 TFR 000 001 DC Transfer Ratio of Luminance Signal Live/Others 01 01
008 CO R 003 003 Coring (TV/Video)*(Dyna/others) 01 02 00 01
009 CORO 000 003 Coring Offset (Intelligent Pic) 01
010 BKS 003 003 Black Stretch RGB/others 02
011 AAS 001 001 Black Area to Switch off the Black Stretch 01
012 DSK 000 001 Dynamic Skin Control 00
013 BLS 000 001 Blue Stretch col temp (HIGH/OTHERS) 00 00
014 NBLS 000 001 Operation Blue Stretch Circuit 00
015 NRR 000 001 Non Red Reduction col temp (HIGH/LOW/NORMAL) 01 01 01
– 17 –

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec YUV TV Video
SW 000 CV2 000 001 CVBS2 Input Signal Selection 00
001 SVO 001 003 Function of IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Pin @ 48 TV/Video/YUV 03 01 01
002 D FL 000 001 Flash Protection 01

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
0TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common

Category No. Name Dec Dec


VIF 000 OIFD 036 063 Offset IF Demodulator TV-Processor 36
001 AGCT 031 063 AGC Take-over 24
002 STM 000 001 Search Tuning Mode 01

RM-GA002
003 GD 00 0 001 Group Delay on CVBS1 Signal 00
004 AGCS 001 003 IF AGC Speed 01
005 FFI 000 001 Fast Filter IF PLL 00
006 LNAI 000 001 RF Amp LNA bit initial value 00
007 LNAT 195 225 RF Amp Threshold Level 195
008 LNSN 004 007 RF Amp SN Level Threshold 03
009 LNSD 002 007 RF Amp SN Level Drop Threshold 01
010 LNEX 016 063 RF Amp check SN Drop Timing 30
– 18 –

011 CHTR 048 127 Channel Threshold after Auto Prg to set RF Amp User Mode 25
012 TUSO 000 001 Sony Tuner Used 00

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value(Detailed)
Others Pic mode 0 Pic mode 1 Pic mode 2 TV
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(Vivid) (Std) (Custom)
VM 000 RGBD 003 007 Delayof RGB Output to VM Output none TV-Processor 04
001 VMA 003 003 Amplitude of VM Output none 03/02
002 VMAP 002 003 VM setting (0:High, 1:Low, 2,3:OFF) Picture Mode 00 00 00
003 VMMO 003 003 VM Mode 03
005 CRAO 000 001 Coring on SVM TV/others 00 01
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
SDEM 000 FMWS 000 003 Window Selection for FM Demodulator TV-Processor 02
001 QSS 001 001 Quasi Split Sound (QSS) Amplifier Mode (N/A for GA multi M system) 00/01
002 BPB 000 001 Bypass of Sound Bandpass Filter 00
003 AMLO 000 001 Audio Output Signal for AM Sound 00
004 HPVC 000 001 Head Phone Volume Control 00

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
TXT 000 TXV 039 063 Teletext Vertical Position for Philips Text Decoder 39
– 19 –

001 THD 005 127 Teletext H-sync Active Edge Shift 10


002 TBR 015 031 Teletext RGB Brightness 22
003 ACQ 000 001 Teletext Acquisition (Auto-0, PAL-1) -/00

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec TV Video Off SRS/WOW Trusurround Istreo Imono
(ON) (Simulated)
SDSP 000 BBL 000 015 BBE Contour SSD 00
001 BBH 000 015 BBE Process 00
002 BBLW 000 015 BBE Contour Offset 04
003 SVOF 000 015 Surround/Effect Mode Volume Offset Off(SRS/WOW)/Trusurround/Istereo/Imono 06 11/- 06/- 08 06
004 LAD 000 031 Decoder Level Adjust 05

RM-GA002
005 LAM 000 031 Mono Level Adjust 05
006 LAN 000 031 Nicam Level Adjust 22
007 LAS 000 031 SAP Level Adjust 05
008 LAA 000 031 ADC Level Adjust RF/Video/centerSpk/RFSub/VideoSub 00 00
009 SEF 003 007 Incredible Mono/Stereo Effect Istereo/Imono 05 03
010 BAS 000 015 Main Bass Offset 23
011 TRE 000 015 Main Treble Offset 26
012 EQ1 000 015 Equalizer Main Channel Band (100 Hz) Offset 00
013 EQ2 000 015 Equalizer Main Channel Band (300Hz) Offset 18
014 EQ3 000 015 Equalizer Main Channel Band (1000 Hz) Offset 01
015 EQ4 000 015 Equalizer Main Channel Band (3000 Hz) Offset 04
016 EQ 5 000 015 Equalizer Main Channel Band (8000 Hz) Offset 03
017 BFCT 005 007 DBE, DUB and BBE Control 00
– 20 –

018 SCEN 001 015 SRS3D Center Control 04


019 SSPA 000 015 SRS3D Space Control 01
020 BBHW 000 015 BBE process offset in WOW mode 00
021 STRE 002 007 Treble Offset for surround mode 01
022 BBHT 000 015 BBE Offset in TV mode 00
023 TTRE 002 007 Treble Offset in TV mode 03
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common

Category No. Name Dec Dec

SDEC 000 SPTU 003 015 Upper Threshold for SAP carrier detection SSD 08/05
001 SPTL 006 015 Lower Threshold for SAP carrier detection 15
002 SPTH 000 031 Noise Threshold for automute of SAP 00/05
003 SPHY 004 015 Hysteresis size for automute of SA 03
004 FMTH 000 031 Noise Threshold for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard 18
005 FMHY 004 015 Hysteresis size for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard 07
006 NILE 100 255 NICAM lower error limit (DDEP) 50
007 NIUE 200 255 NICAM upper error limit (DDEP) 200
008 EPMD 001 003 DEMDEC Easy Programming (DDEP) If EPMD = 0 01
and STDS =
009 STDS 019 031 Bits multiplexed for ASD and SSS modes 13
010 OVMA 001 001 FM overmodulation adaption 00
011 FLBW 000 003 FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth 03/01
012 IDMD 000 003 FM ident speed in SSS mode 00
013 OVMT 001 002 Overmodulation level threshold relative to nominal 03
– 21 –

014 DCXI 000 001 NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Inverter 00


015 DCXG 000 007 NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Gain 00
016 DCLL 011 015 NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (L) 00
017 DCLH 000 031 NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (H) 00
018 IDKR 001 003 IDMOD setting Korean M STD 00

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
SDKC 000 KNLL 000 255 Korean Noise Det Lower Threshold Lower Byte
If EPMD = 0 and STDS =

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
001 KNLH 012 255 Korean Noise Det Lower Threshold Higher Byte
002 KNHL 000 255 Korean Noise Det Upper Threshold Lower Byte
003 KNHH 020 255 Korean Noise Det Upper Threshold Higher Byte
004 KLIC 060 255 Korean Lost Pilot ID Maintaining Count
005 KLIM 001 127 Korean Lost Pilot ID Maintaining Count Multiplier
006 KSDC 006 255 Korean Stereo Detect Count

(For KOREAN NTSC model only)

RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)

Category No. Name Dec Dec (4.3) 50 (4:3) 60 (16:9) 50WZ (16:9) 60WZ (16:9) 50N (16:9) 60N (16:9) 50F (16:9) 60F (16:9) 50Z (16:9) 60Z Sub 50Hz Sub 60Hz TV Video

PIP 000 HPS 051 255 Horizontal Picture Position SDA9288X

001 VPS 027 255 Vertical Picture Position

002 VFP 008 015 Vertical Fine Position

003 HFP 015 015 Horizontal Fine Position 50/60 Hz (Sub Pic)

004 VSP 000 001 Vertical Sync Pulse Noise Reduction

005 VDL 000 031 Vertical Sync Pulse Delay

006 DLY 001 015 Selay Delay

007 AGV 011 015 Automatic Gain Control Value

RM-GA002
008 CPD 000 003 Clamping Duration

009 PLL 000 003 Insert PLL time Constant TV/Video

010 YCD 012 015 Y/C Delay

011 KIL 000 003 Color killer Threshold

012 BGP 000 001 Burst Gate Position

013 DEM 001 003 Deemphase Selction

014 CMA 001 003 Chroma Bandwitch

015 IFC 002 003 IF Compensation Filter

016 HUE 032 063 HUE Control

017 SCA 006 031 Color Subcarrier Adjustment

018 CON 000 015 Contrast Adjustment

019 BRT 000 015 brightness Adjustment

020 PKR 133 255 Peak Level Red

021 PKG 133 255 Peak Level Green

022 PKB 133 255 Peak Level Blue

023 FRY 015 015 Frame Color Y

024 SAT 007 015 Color Saturation Adjustment


– 22 –

025 YPK 003 007 Y Peaking Adjustment

026 YCO 001 001 Y Coring Enable

027 P21 000 007 PALIDL 2 and PALIDL 1

028 PAL 000 001 PAL ID Level

029 POV 000 007 Position Offset Vertical

030 POH 016 031 Position Offset Horizontal

031 CPL 001 003 Clamping Pulse Length

032 SRL 000 003 Secam Rejection Level

033 SIL 007 007 Secam Identifikation Level

034 SED 001 001 Secam divider

035 BFA 001 001 Bellfilter Adjustment

036 P12 000 003 PAL Increment 1 and 2

037 LOS 001 003 Locking Speed TV/Video

038 SAL 000 007 Secam Acceptance Level

039 SEA 000 001 Secam Acceptance

040 NSR 000 007 Noise Reduction For Horizontal PLL TV/Video

041 SLH 000 003 Slicing Level Threshold H

042 IAJ 000 003 I-adjustment For Horizontal PLL

043 V50 000 127 Vertical Window Noise Suppression Opening 50 Hz

044 V60 032 127 Vertical Window Noise Suppression Opening 60 Hz

045 VNS 000 015 Vertical Window Noise Suppression Closing 60 Hz

046 VSC 000 015 Vertical Window Noise Suppression Closing 50 Hz

047 SVT 015 015 Slicing Level Threshold V Polarity & SLTV

048 VFM 000 003 Vertical Flywheel Mode

049 VFW 000 001 Vertical Flywheel

050 LVS 000 003 Lowpass for Vertical Sync-separation

051 CLA 003 003 Clamping latency

052 SCP 004 031 Start of Clamping Pulse

(For PIP model only)


TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
HTV 000 VMAX 000 063 Maximum Volume Level (MAX = 35+VMAX) Volume Level 00
001 VINI 025 031 Initial Volume Level at Power on Volume Level 00
002 STBY 000 001 Last Power Status (0 = follow the last power status, 1 = always STBY) Last Power 00
003 IPRG 001 127 Initial Program Number at Power on (only for Multi Models) Program Number 00

Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value
TVJ Functionality
(Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec (4:3) 50 (4:3) 60
OPTM 000 ASHT 006 007 Auto shut off timer (data * 5 min) 00/07
001 OSDB 000 015 OSD brightness MMR/Micro 60h 25
002 OSDH 008 015 OSD Horizontal Position XDATA/Micro 60h 08
<4:3 50/60> <16:9 (50/60)
003 OSDV 037 063 OSD Vertical Position MMR/Micro 60h 61 32/39
(Wide)(Wide Zoom)(Normal Full)>
– 23 –

004 MUTE 000 001 No Signal Mute Switch (1=enabled) 00/01


005 RFUL 015 015 RF Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0fh) 04/01
006 RFLK 015 015 RF Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0fh) 00/04
007 LANG 000 003 OSD language shipping condition 00
008 HTXT 000 001 Sync seperator sw TV-Processor 00
009 CMSS 000 001 Sync sw TV-Processor 01
010 DCXO 060 127 DCXO Value SFR/Micro 60h/DSP 53
011 DISC 128 255 target DISCO data for DCXO adjust by color dec 128
012 EXBL 000 015 Extended Blanking Timer to Eliminate White Noise 08/04
013 TSYS 000 003 Memorize TV Sys in NVM at Test Reset [0:B/G, 1:I, 2:D/K, 3:M] (GA Model) 00
014 LNSW 001 001 Signal Booster Shipping/Test Reset condition (1:Auto, 0:Off) 01/00

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
015 LBL 001 001 Brightness Reduction At No Signal condition 01
016 HPRO 001 001 Hpara Offset for Picture Rotation 03
017 AVUL 015 015 Av signal change after Unlocked (Disable when 0Fh) 04
018 AVLK 015 015 Av signal change after locked ) (Disable when 0Fh) 00
023 DSTM 000 001 Disable stop mode in standby (0:stop mode, 1:disable stop mode) 00

RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Others YUV
OPUS 000 SOFF 000 001 Stay off(0:follow last memory with AC on, 1:standby with AC on) -/00
001 SPCH 001 127 Channel Number after Shipping Condition -/07
002 SPCA 001 001 Cable Selection after Shipping Condition (1 = Cable On) -/01

RM-GA002
003 OUV 000 001 Offset Control on UV input Signals (only for US) Others/YUV -/00 -/00

004 CFA2 000 001 Forced Comb Filter On (only for US) none -/00

(For NTSC model only)

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Others SECAM NTSC
OPVP 000 BPBS 000 001 Bypass of sound bandpass filter at stereo mode (BPBS) TV-Processor 00
001 BWYC 000 001 Bandwidth at YC mode for 3.58 MHz color system (BWYC) 00
002 OSB 000 001 Width of internal burstkey pulse of chroma demodulator (OSB) 00
003 BKC 000 001 Burst Key Position NTSC/SECAM/others (PAL) 00 01 01
– 24 –

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
OPFM 000 FMCT 001 003 FM Radio Auto Scan Carrier Threshold 15
001 RPST 003 127 Waiting time for each frequency step during radio preset 10
002 MPTU 003 015 Upper Threshold for MPX pilot detection (FM RADIO) SSD 12
003 DCOU 133 255 Upper Threshold for DC offset from FM demodulator 144/140
004 DCOL 117 255 Lower Threshold for DC offset from FM demodulator 118/114
005 OVMA 001 001 FM overmodulation adaption (FM RADIO) SSD 00
006 FMBR 000 031 OSD Brightness during FM Mode MMR/Micro 60h 16
007 RTRE 000 007 Treble Offset in FM Radio Mode SSD 02
008 RBAS 002 008 Bass Offset in FM Radio Mode SSD 02
009 AGCT 045 063 AGC takeover in FM Radio Mode TV-Processor VIF 01 AGCT +15
010 FLBW 003 003 FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth SSD 01
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
OPTB 000 IALL 000 001 Standard Write Switch (not memorized in NVM) x
001 OPB1 000 255 Option 1 (System related) refer page 26
002 OPB2 000 255 Option 2 (Video Signal related) refer page 26
003 OPB3 000 255 Option 3 (Stereo Decoding related) refer page 26
004 OPB4 000 255 Option 4 (Miscellaneous) refer page 27
005 OPB5 000 255 Option 5 (Miscellaneous) refer page 27
006 OPB6 000 255 Option 6 (OSD Language related) refer page 28
– 25 –

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

ITEM INFORMATION
No. OPB1

Item Speed Search Home Wide M B/G I D/K DEC


Theatre Screen
KV-SW292M50 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
(India)
KV-SW292M50 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
(Thailand)
KV-SW292M61 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-SW292M80 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-SW292N60 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 192

SPEED SEARCH (Time of speed search) 00 = disabled (original cycle speed)


01 = 4 time speed from the original
10 = 6 time speed from the original
11 = 8 time speed from the original
Home Theatre 1 = Home Theatre mode available
Wide Screen 1 = Wide Screen model
TV System Selection (M,B/G, I, D/K) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

No. OPB2

Item Party FM Component Composite (SCART) SECAM Color Decording DEC


Mode Radio
KV-SW292M50 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 52
(India)
KV-SW292M50 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 52
(Thailand)
KV-SW292M61 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-SW292M80 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 52
KV-SW292N60 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116

Party Mode Party Mode Function 0 = not available, 1 = available


FM Radio FM Radio Function 0 = not available, 1 = available
Component (Component [YCbCr] Terminals) 0 = not available, 1 = available
Composite (No. of Composite Terminals) 00 = 1 composite terminal
01 = 2 composite terminals
10 = 3 composite terminals
11 = 4 composite terminals
(BX1L FULL only)
SECAM (SECAM Color System) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Color decoding (Color Crystal Selection) 00 = PAL/NTSC (Multi)
01 = NTSC (3.58MHz)
10 = PAL/NTSC (4.43MHz)
11 = PAL/NTSC (Tri-Norma)

– 26 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

No. OPB3
Item Reserved NICAM NICAM A2 ST Thai US ST Korean MONO DEC
ST BI Bilingual ST
KV-SW292M50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
(India)
KV-SW292M50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
(Thailand)
KV-SW292M61 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112
KV-SW292M80 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
KV-SW292N60 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4

Reserved Not used


NICAM ST (NICAM Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
NICAM BI (NICAM Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
A2 ST/BI (A2 [West German]
Stereo/Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Thai Bilingual (A2 [Thai] Bilingual)
or Force SAP if US ST is active 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
US ST (US Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Korean ST (Korean Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
MONO (Monaural Model) 0 = Stereo (SSD) Model
1 = Monaural Model

No. OPB4

Item Sound 1spk VM WSS-RF Surround Top Text DEC


Special Models
KV-SW292M50 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 32
(India)
KV-SW292M50 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 32
(Thailand)
KV-SW292M61 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 33
KV-SW292M80 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 32
KV-SW292N60 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 32

Sound Special Sound Special Feature 0 = disabled 1 = enabled


1 spk Models 1 Speaker Models 0 = 2 or 3 Speaker Models,
1 = 1 speaker Models
VM (Velocity Modulation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
WSS-RF WSS detection in RF mode 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Surround (Surround Selection) 00 = Off/Simulated/Surround
01 = Off/Simulated/SRS (3D) Surround
10 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround
11 = No Surround
TOP (Forced TOP) 0 = Auto Mode (TOP/FLOF), 1 = Forced TOP
TEXT (Teletext Model) 0 = Non-Teletext Model, 1 = Teletext Model

– 27 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

No. OPB5
Item Signal MSYS COSMIC ASD Tilt Band IP Wide DEC
Booster ASD ASD Edge
KV-SW292M50 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 139
(India)
KV-SW292M50 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 171
(Thailand)
KV-SW292M61 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 155
KV-SW292M80 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 139
KV-SW292N60 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 11

Signal Booster Signal Booster feature 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled


MSYS ASD (ASD Improvement for 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
M System channels)
*Only applicable when ASD = 1
COSMIC ASD Automatic Standard Detection 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Using COSMIC (Non-Stereo)
ASD (Automatic Standard Detection) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Tilt (Tilt Correction/PIC Rotation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Band Edge (VHF-H band Limit Position) 0 = 427.25MHz, 1 = 429.25MHz
IP Plus (Intelligent Picture & 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Intelligent Picture Plus)
Wide (Wide Mode/V-Compressed) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

No. OPB6
Item Reserved 3D OSD 3D Comb PiP OSD Language Selection DEC
KV-SW292M50 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4
(India)
KV-SW292M50 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2
(Thailand)
KV-SW292M61 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 8
KV-SW292M80 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4
KV-SW292N60 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 10

Reserved Not used


3D OSD (BX1L Full version GA Multi 0 = Normal with 3D Intelligent Picture OSD
Destination ONLY) 1 = Disable 3D Intelligent picture OSD

3D Comb 3D comb feature 0 = Comb Not available


1 = Comb available

PiP PiP feature 0 = PiP Not Available


1 = PiP available

OSD Language Selection US (GA NTSC) 1x1x = Complicated Chinese


1xxx = Simplified Chinese

GA x1xx = Arabic/Russian
xx1x = Thai
xxx1 = Persian/Vietnamese

– 28 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

3.3 PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT 8. Copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) video data to “SCOL” 50 (SECAM)
video.
3-3-1. P MAX / CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT 9. Then copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) video data and “SCOL”
1. Set TV to Video mode. 50(SECAM) video data to “SCOL” 50(PAL) and “SCOL”
2. Set Picture mode to “CUSTOM”. 50(SECAM) TV table.
3. Input PAL 100% Color Bar to TV set (OTHER model) 10. For NTSC model input NTSC 75% Color Bar to TV and
and NTSC 75% Color Bar (NTSC model). repeat step no. 4 to 6.
4. Set the following condition: 11. Select SADJ 004 “SCOL” with 1 and 4 button of the
Picture 100%, Color 0%, Brightness 50%. commander then adjust using 3 and 6 so that
5. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 4 (R output) of CN004. VB1=VB4 then write in the data as below:
6. Go to service mode and set PICT 003 “PWL” to 00h and
WHBL 017 “BLBG” to 01h. Add 5 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 25"
7. Select SADJ 000 “PMAX” with 1 and 4 button of the Add 4 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 29"
commander then adjust VR with spec with 3 and 6 Add 6 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 34"
button until reach the spec below:
VB1 VB2 VB3 VB4
VR

VB1 = VB4 (for NTSC)


Black
(Difference is within 70mV)

12. Copy “SCOL” 60(NTSC) video data to “SCOL” 60(NTSC)


PAL NTCS
TV .
34" 1.85 0.03Vpp 13. Finally copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) and “SCOL” 60(NTSC) data
VR to “SCOL” 50(PAL) and 60(NTSC) in DVD mode.
29" 1.57 0.03Vpp 14. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
15. Set PICT 006 “WTS” back to original data.
25" 1.85 0.03Vpp
3-3-3 SUB HUE ADJUSTMENT
1. Set TV to Video mode.
8. Then copy the adjusted PMAX data to TV mode. 2. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar to TV set.
9. Select Wide mode to “ON” in TV and Video mode and 3. Set the following condition:
write “PMAX” data -6 steps Picture 100%, Color 50%, Brightness 50%, Hue 50%,
(for models with V-Compression features only). Sharpness 50%.
10. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 4. Connect oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004.
11. Set “PWL” and “BLBG” back to initial data. 5. Set to service mode and select SADJ 001 “SHUE”
(“PWL” : 01h and “BLBG” : 00h). (except SW252M60K and SW292M60K) and YC 013
12. Finally press [MUTING] t - to write the data. "TINT" (SW252M60K and SW292M60K) with 1 and 4
button then adjust to VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4 using 3 and
3-3-2. SUB COLOR ADJUSTMENT 6 button.
6. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
1. Set TV to Video mode. 7. Select TV channel with NTSC 3.58 and perform step 3
2. Set Picture mode to “CUSTOM”. to 6.
3. Input PAL 100% Color Bar to TV. 8. For single system model with NTSC 4.43, select TV
4. Set the following condition: channel with NTSC 4.43 and perform step 3 to 6.
Picture 100%, Color 50%, Brightness 50%, Hue 50% 9. Once adjustment is completed in Video mode, carry out
and Sharpness 50% adjustment in DVD mode. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar.
5. Set PICT 006 “WTS” to 00h. 10. Connect oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004.
6. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004 A 11. Set to service mode and adjust service item YC 013
Board. “TINT” with 1 and 4 button until VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4.
7. Select SADJ 004 “SCOL” with 1 and 4 button of the 12. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
commander then adjust with 3 and 6 so that
VB2=VB3=VB4 (for PAL) then write in the data as below:
VB3 VB4
Add 2 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 25" VB1
80mV
VB2
Add 3 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 29"
Add 6 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 34"
VB1

VB2 VB3 VB4 Illustration 1

The highest level of VB1, VB2, VB3 and VB4 should


be aligned at the same line.
VB2 = VB3 = VB4 (for PAL) The ideal difference between VB2 and VB3 is within + 80mV.

– 29 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

3-3-4 SUB BRIGHT ADJUSTMENT 3-4-3. WIDE MODE 50Hz / 60Hz


(V Compression Adjustment)
1. Set TV to RF mode.
1. Input PAL Special Color Bar (SPCB) (OTHER model) or
2. Input PAL monoscope to RF mode (OTHER model) and
Monoscope NTSC (NTSC model) signal using a pattern
NTSC monoscope (NTSC model).
generator.
3. Set Brightness to 50% and Picture to “MINIMUM” in
2. Set Wide Mode to “ON”.
"CUSTOM" mode.
3. Copy NORMAL MODE 50Hz/60Hz adjusted data for the
4. Select WHBL 010 “SBRT” with 1 and 4 button and
following items:-
adjust its data using 3 and 6 button so that the Cut
GEOM: 011 VSIZ, 010 VSLP, 012 SCOR and 003 VLIN
Off level and slightly glimmer is as the specification
4. Select Category items listed in Table 1 except GEOM:
below:-
003 VLIN, 010 VSLP, 011 VSIZ, and 012 SCOR and
TV size Cut Off Slightly Glimmer adjust the data to obtain the center illustration.
25" 10 IRE 20 IRE + 2 steps 5. Press [MUTING] t - to save the data into the memory.
29" 10 IRE 20 IRE + 2 steps 6. For Korea models, copy adjusted 60Hz to 50Hz. Add 6
steps to 50Hz “HPOS” and save the data.
34" 10 IRE 20 IRE + 2 steps
28" 10 IRE 20 IRE
Category Function Illustration
32" 10 IRE 20 IRE
GEOM 000 H Position
(HPOS)
5. Write into the memory by pressing [MUTING] t -.
6. Copy the adjusted data WHBL 010 “SBRT” to Video
GEOM 001 H Parallelogram
mode. (HPAR)
7. Once adjustment is completed in RF and Video mode,
carry out adjustment in DVD mode. Repeat step 2 to 3.
GEOM 002 H Bow
Select WHBL 010 “SBRT” and adjust its data as the (HBOW)
specification below:-

TV size Cut Off Slightly Glimmer GEOM 003 Linearity


(VLIN)
25" 10 IRE 20 IRE + 2 steps
29" 10 IRE 20 IRE GEOM 005 EW Width
34" 10 IRE 20 IRE + 2 steps (HSIZ)

28" 10 IRE 20 IRE Note: Adjust HSIZ


16.6 + -(SPCB) _ 50Hz
32" 10 IRE 20 IRE 14.8 + -(PAL Monoscope) _ 50Hz
15.3 + -(NTSC Monoscope) _ 60Hz

GEOM 006 EW Parabola/Width


(EWPW)
3-4. GEOMETRY ADJUSTMENT
3-4-1. H-TRAPEZOID ADJUSTMENT GEOM 007 EW Upper Corner
(UCOP) Parabola
1. Receive cross hatch/dot signal.
2. Adjust RV1800 on C Board to make H-Trapezoid
distortion best/to obtain the center illustration shown in GEOM 008 EW Lower Corner
(LCOP) Parabola
Table 1.

GEOM 009 EW Trapezoid


3-4-2. NORMAL MODE 50Hz / 60Hz (EWTZ)

1. Input PAL Special Color Bar (SPCB) or PAL Monoscope


(OTHER model) and Video mode or NTSC Monoscope GEOM 011 V-Amplitude
(VSIZ)
(NTSC model) signal using a pattern generator.
2. Set Wide Mode to “OFF”. Note: Adjust VSIZ
3. Select Category items listed in Table 1. 12.6 + -(SPCB) _ 50Hz
11.3 + -(PAL Monoscope) _ 50Hz
4. Raise and Lower the data value using 3 and 6 button 11.7 + -(NTSC Monoscope) _ 60Hz
to obtain the center illustration.
GEOM 012 S-Correction
5. Press [MUTING] t - to save the data into the memory. (SCOR)
6. For Korea models, copy adjusted 60Hz to 50Hz. Add 6
steps to 50Hz “HPOS” and 3 steps to 50Hz “HSIZ” and
save the data. GEOM 013 V-Shift
(VPOS)

Table 1

– 30 –
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM
CISPR/
MAIN
VIF AC in ~ PFC Power
Relay +B
FSS TUNER SAW 110 ~ 220V Supply
Stdby
SIF
Power LOW B AUDIO VCC
SAW
Stdy 3.3
* FM Radio Function (STEREO model) RGB Amp
RGB
POWER RGB
VIF & SIF Rot Amp
Mon Mon out
out
PWM LCC Amp

Y Color YUV
U
DVD DVD in Decoder Processor
V
in L
I/O Port

DIAGRAMS
SECTION 4
R VM
– 31 –

Jungle
AV1 Micro
AV3 Rear AV in V+, V- V Def
in Text
H Def
CC & V-chip
DF
EW, Hd
DQP
AV2
in Front AV in

Stereo, Audio Amp


A L 6W
D DSP L,R
PLL I/O Port
C D

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
A
24.576MHz
C R 6W

ATT L,R
H
P
SIRCS KEY LED NVM
buttons

RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

4-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

C Board

H4 Board

F2 Board (except
KV-SW292M50 (Thailand))

H7 Board
A Board VM Board
J3 Board
F1 Board

4-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INFORMATION


Note: Reference information
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. RESISTOR : RN METAL FILM
• All electrolytic capacitors are rated at 50V unless otherwise : RC SOLID
noted. : FPRD NONFLAMMABLE CARBON
• All resistors are in ohms. : FUSE NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE
kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ : RS NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE
• Indication of resistance which does not have rating electrical : RB NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT
power is as follows. : RW NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND
Pitch: 5 mm :✽ ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
Rating electrical power 1/4W (CHIP: 1/10W) COIL : LF-8L MICRO INDUCTOR
CAPACITOR : TA TANTALUM
• : nonflammable resistor.
: PS STYROL
• : fusible resistor. : PP POLYPROPYLENE
• ¢ : internal component. : PT MYLAR
• : panel designation or adjustment for repair. : MPS METALIZED POLYESTER
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve : MPP METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
B unless otherwise noted. : ALB BIPOLAR
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. : ALT HIGH TEMPERATURE
no mark : Common : ALR HIGH RIPPLE
( ) : PAL
[ ] : NTSC 3.58
• Readings are taken with a 10MΩ digital multimeter.
Note: The component identified by shading and
• Voltage are dc with respect to ground unless otherwise
mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only
noted.
with part number specified.
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production
tolerances.
• All voltage are in Volt.
• ✽ : Cannot be measured. Note: "A" board schematic diagram is divided into 3
• Circled numbers are waveform references. blocks. Each block is named by its function and
• : B +bus. block "number". eg: Processor/Audio/Tuner/Jack
• : B –bus. (Block 001).
• k : signal path. Joint connection between boards can be identified
using the block number followed by the grid's guide.
Note: The reference number which starts with Wxxx eg:-<+B
(eg: W003) indicates a wire to wire connection. 002:16F
Meaning: Block 001 joint "+B" is connected to Block
Note: Components marked as XX are not fitted on this 002 joint "+B" located at grid 16F.
model.

– 32 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

4-3-1. C Board Schematic Diagram


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CN704
1P
A D1808
FV
TO FBT
GP08D 5V ! 1 1000V
RECTIFIER GND J751
C1809 11V 1000V CN706
JW1831 1000 IC1801 145154411 R760 C786
4700p 1P
XX 25V AN15530A 3 4 5 100k 2kV
JW1832 ROTATION AMP 6 1 GND 1/2W 1 GND
C752 E
XX FV 1
R1806 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 7 R773 4700p
4.7k C1800 R1800 13 3 560k 2kV CN707
B CN1801 RN-CP JW1821
XX
JW1825 XX
47
25V 1k 8 GND 4 1/2W R774
150 C754
E 1 GND 1P
9 4.7
7P JW1881 R1822 IC1800 R1813 13
11 D750 3W 250V

RCV
RED XX R1821 2.2k 11 10 5 RS
XX XX XX R1825 J752 GP08D
RN-CP XX 10 6 PROTECT 1 200V
VD+ 1 NS DRIVE XX L780
C1804 9 8 7 3 GND
GND 2 10 R1815 L752 C787 5MM
220k 47uH 4700p 4 H1
5V 3 2kV SG700 R781
RV1800 RN-CP 151942111 CN703
15V 4 JW1880 RV750 E 1.5
R1830 47k R787 3W 3P
C
XX D783 D780 110M L753
11V 5 330 XX JW752 XX RS WHT
1/10W Q1804 1SS133T-77 0.1W 47uH
RN-CP PROTECT XX
ROT_CTRL 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 KTC3199GR-TP PROTECT JW753 SG701 TO A (Block 002)
L754
ROT_SW 7 R1808 AMPLIFIER
IC751 47uH JW754 XX XX 151942111 CN505
4.7k
TO A (Block 002) RN-CP R1814 TDA6108AJF/N1 R757
D1803 JW1826 2.2k RGB AMPLIFIER 1k
CN507 XX C784 R756 R758
1SS119-25 RN-CP 1000p 2 3 1k 1/2W 1k CN702
D781

G OUT
R OUT

B OUT
PROTECT R1811 B XX 1/2W 1/2W 1P

GND

VDD
G IN
B IN

R IN
R1826 XX R1801 6
D
PROTECT

IK
XX XX Q1800 R795 C782 D754 1 GND
D1804 R1812 2SA1175-HFE 100 XX HSS82-TJ
R1805 XX XX 1/2W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
R1802 BUFFER PROTECT
1k PROTECT R766
RN-CP JW1804 1.2 1 D755
FPRD R783 XX R763 HSS82-TJ
XX R1810 R1803 4 100
10k 1.2 JW1833 D784 XX 1/2W PROTECT
Q1802 R1823 R1824 RN-CP FPRD XX D756
CN1802 MSD601-RT1 XX 1SS133T-77 C790 5 R764 CN705
C1803 XX PROTECT 100 HSS82-TJ
3P PWM AMP 100 R1809 R754 68P R767 PROTECT 1P
JW1830 1/2W
WHT 25V 10k GND 1 680 CHIP XX
E N/S COIL- 1 RN-CP XX
B OUT 2 R753
C789
68P
R768
C791
XX
R765
100 L751
150uH R794
1 GND
Q1801 R1828 680 XX 1/2W
NC 2 G OUT 3 CHIP C753 1
R1816 MSD601-RT1 10k 5V C751
N/S COIL+ 3 10k MUTE SW RN-CP R OUT 4 C788 0.1 10
RN-CP 68P R752 250V 250V
GND 5 CHIP 680 PT JW1751
TO ROTATION COIL R780
R1829 ROTATION 1K 6 XX
L750 10uH R796 XX 470k
XX CIRCUIT 9V 7 1/2W
R786
F
R1827 GND_3 CN701 XX R777 R775
10k IC3801 7P R784 XX XX R713
RN-CP XX C759 XX XX C781
WHT C756 XX
LCC AMP 22 4.7
TO A (Block 001) B R778 250V
R785
CN004 D786 R797 XX XX
C3801 XX JW1713
XX 5MM
XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D785 RGB LIMITER Q701
CN3800 C785
XX D787 XX XX R776
XX 7V RGB LIMITER XX
RGB LIMITER BUFFER XX
D782
G LC(B) 1
R3801 IC3800 RD5.6ESB2 C783

C
LC(E) 2 XX JW3821 XX PROTECT 1000p
XX 5V LCC AMP B
GND 3
JW3880 7V
7V 4 JW3822 C3800
11V 5
XX
D3800
XX
XX XX RGB/AMP/Rotation/Landing Correction RGB AMPLIFIER
TO A (Block 002) PROTECT R3805 B-BX1L(05)12995-...-C..-SW292
CN512 7V R3802 XX
H TO L.C. COIL
XX R3819
XX
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
R3815
XX JW3815
XX 7V R3807
11V R3816 D3801
XX XX JW3801 XX
PROTECT XX
7V
R3806 R3808
XX JW3824
R3800 XX R3811 R3812
I XX
Q3800 C3802 R3809
XX XX
XX
XX XX XX R3810 7V
PWM AMP XX JW3820 R3813 R3814
XX XX
R3818
XX

Q3802
J R3804 R3817
XX
XX
MUTE SW
XX
GND_3
LANDING CORRECTION
CIRCUIT

– 33 – – 34 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

4-3-2. A Board — (Block 001)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CN003
XX

001:10B;002:16D:
001:10B;001:13K:

001:15A;002:16B
To VM BOARD

001:4A;002:16B
002:16D:002:1I

HOUT-DEFL
CN5901

AFC-DEFL
CN009

MON MUTE
A A

002:16F
CN004 XX

002:1G
002:1G

002:1I
7P CN005 CN011

002:9J

ROT_SW

FBP
HP_OUT
VP_OUT

TV OUT
XX XX

3.3V
WHT

SEL_IN
3.3V

+B
G OUT
B OUT

R OUT
TO B BOARD

SY-IN

SU-IN

SV-IN
9V

5V
TO B BOARD

GND

GND
GND

GND

2 GND

GND

GND

GND

Y IN
TVR

C IN
TVL
TO C BOARD TO VM BOARD CN880

1 VM

NC
CN1419

+B
9V

9V
IK
CN701 CN5901
CN015

1
2
3
4
JACK

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PROCESSOR XX
C922 TO B BOARD
C093 10 CN1425
100 C006 9V 9V
100 C962 1 SDA
16V 16V 2.2 2 SCL
9V L902 16V
47uH F 3 GND
9V
D057 4 RESET
B 9V 5V C306 B
MMDL914T1 5 AFT
R MUTE Q012 0.1
Q300 5V 3.3V XX 16V 6 GND
CN903 C068 C071 C051 R098 XX R995 (FSC BUFFER) B
D058 5V XX XX XX C315 7 FSC
* MMDL914T1 XX XX
Q001 R5008 XX C003 R384
UN2211 100k R5010 G MUTE R396 100p XX R386
B CLK 4 3.3V (RGB MUTE) RN-CP 10k C007 C008 C009 C956 R976 CH RN-CP XX
RN-CP R5012 C592 0.1 XX 100 XX R004
5V 0.1 0.1 RN-CP
B DAT 3 1000P R005 25V 25V 25V 16V 100
3.3V 15k C005 R912 RN-CP
2 RN-CP :CHIP 1k 100

4
B INT Q515 SDA GND

5
C596 RN-CP 0.1
9V MSD601-RT1 XX D059 25V R393 R902 R904
GND 1 MMDL914T1 XX 1k R095
RGB MUTE R089 :CHIP 1k SCL E2

3
C976

6
R5033 R5013 R5014 C591 B MUTE 330 Q002 Q900 R002 C001 0
BUS XX 100 100p CHIP
100 2.2M 2.2M 0 RN-CP MSB709-RT1 R009 D005 MSB709-RT1 WC E1

2
CONNECTOR R008 RN-CP CH

MON-MUTE
RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP :CHIP XX XX

MON-OUT
XX
5V

Y/V1_IN
C590 C088 5V PROTECT
C095 VCC E0

1
CVBS0

8
RESET
B_CLK R5009 C589 4700p R900

ROUT
R5011

LOUT
B CLK 5 10p XX CN907

C_IN
SYIN

SUIN

SVIN

SDA
470k XX B

AFT
C015

SCL
3.9k

FSC
B_DAT CH 100 C307 C002 3P
C B DAT 4 D067 10 RN-CP RN-CP R5034 IC003 C
B_INT XX L007 R993 3.3V XX 47 BR24L16F-WE2 TO J3 BOARD
B INT 3 470k D023 XX CH 35V
RN-CP 10uH NVM CN2410
C594 XX
GND 2 XX D007 DVD-R D921 C960 C959
PROTECT XX 3 DVD-RIN
AGC 1 C056 C328 XX 1
R955 10V R954 470p
PROTECT PROTECT 39k 220k 2 DVD-LIN

DVDU
100

SVIN
DVDY
DVDV
XX

SDA

RESET

SYIN
SUIN
D025 CHIP

SCL
AFT
CN904 D024 C098 C038 25V DVD-L 1 GND

R042 2.2k RN-CP


R039 100 RN-CP
R041 100 RN-CP
XX XX XX 0.22 0.1 C037 R364 R317
D003 PROTECT 16V 2.2 470 R953 C958 R952
MMDL914T1 PROTECT B 16V D356 2.2k D920
BUS CONNECTOR 16V RN-CP XX 39k 1 220k C957 CN010
5V POWER SUPPLY B F MMDL914T1 RN-CP 10V
C036 PROTECT 470p 5P
5V L035 CHIP WHT
C025 L006 10uH 100 DVDY C930
0.22 10uH C030 25V R356 L005 1 DVDY-IN
3.3V L031 XX D913 0.22 R930
10uH 16V C026 0.22 R975 C302 10uH 5V RD5.6SB-T1 16V 2 GND
1.8V_AUDIO B 16V 100 B 68

100 RN-CP
47 10 R058 DVDU PROTECT
002:16D C023 35V B RN-CP R156 3 DVDU-IN
C054 0 D912 C929

R974
1.8V 1.8V R395 C096 0.22 R994 CHIP XX R929
C301 0.1 XX 1 68 4 GND
4.7k XX 16V XX

100 RN-CP
R338 R336 470p R056 DVDV PROTECT 16V
D002 RN-CP C028 C053 16V R397 5 DVDV-IN

100 RN-CP
C097 C323 1k

R038
3.3V 4.7k R322 10k B 0.1 CH F C928
D
RN-CP 0 MMDL914T1 RN-CP W004 XX
16V 0.1 0.022 B RN-CP 100k W900 D911 1 TO B BOARD CN1418 D
XX R928

Y/GIN 50 R973
CHIP 3.3V POWER SUPPLY 25V RN-CP XX TO J3 BOARD CN2410
B 16V 9V 16V 68
TP03 B B TP04 PROTECT F
R010 D919 CN905
R001 R947 C954 XX
10k

VDDADC(1.8) 33

R-Y/RIN 51
R003

VREF AD 38

B OUT 42

VP3 47

57
XX

VSSADC 34
VDDA2 35

GNDA 37

VDDA(3.3V) 41

G OUT 43
R OUT 44

GND3 48

SCARTFBL 52

55

58
59

AFC 63
XX

VDDA(1.8) 36

VREFAD_PO 39

IK 45

B-Y/BIN 49

VOUT 53
UOUT 54

60
61
HOUT 62

VM 64
R099

VREFAD_NE 40

ABL 46

56
4.7k Q015 COMB_C XX
220 4.7k RN-CP UN2211 R951 7 COMB_C
RN-CP RN-CP

VDDCOMB
YSYNC

VSSCOMB
6

YIN
UIN
VIN
YOUT
RN-CP RN-CP XX 6 GND
B_CLK R007 PROTECT C921
R323 COMB_Y/V3 0.22
56k 100 C004 CVBS0 R946 16V 5 COMB_Y
R948 D917

96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
SIRCSC CVBS0 R942
C010 470p 5V 100 XX 39k B 68 4 GND
470p HD SW SCARTHPR IC001 L3_IN RN-CP PROTECT RN-CP C919
R097 R006 100 * R950 C916
3 L IN
1
9V 220 R020 XX C021
SDA1 5 SCARTHPL LSR 100 D916
10V R941 470p 2 GND
B_DAT RN-CP VDDC2 2 LSR R3_IN RN-CP XX B 220k
100p 1 3 4 1 R IN
L011 LSL
CH VSSC2 LSL R949 D915 R945 C918
B_INT 10uH COMB_C 100 39k TO B BOARD
C1 XX
R399 R096 R337 B INT
COMB_Y/V3 RN-CP RN-CP 1 CN1424
4.7k R012 470 D1_JP/MONSW_MONO CVBS1/Y1 10V R940 C917
E DGC-RELAY 220 2.2k C012 RN-CP R3_IN B 220k 470p E
1/10W RN-CP 1.8V D006 MOMUTE-AUDIO INR1 1 R IN
002:1D MMDL914T1 RN-CP 0.22
RN-CP R339 L3_IN
16V DGC RELAY INL1 2 GND
R014 100 C319 V2_IN
AUDIO MUTE CVBS3 Q901 3 L IN
100 C020 R029 C090 B RN-CP XX C318 R2_IN
RN-CP 100 100p INR3 C900 MUN2216T1 4 GND
CN014 0.1 R030 RN-CP 5V R341 Wide Zoom
XX 2.2
7P C308 R340 16V 100 CH 100 L2_IN R971
0.1 SCL0 INL3 16V R914 C911 5 CV IN
Q018 10k B RN-CP RN-CP C_IN D901 CHIP R906 XX
TO H7 BOARD 16V 3.3V L038 RN-CP R381
SDA0 C2 LOUT XX 470 470k CHIP 470p CN906
CN3905 B 10uH UN2211 4.7k R392 Y/V1_IN
100 J901 5P
R380 VDDP(3.3V) CVBS2/Y2 R903
3.3V 1 L009 C011 RN-CP RN-CP DVD-R 9P TO H7 BOARD
10uH 100 RESET INR2 100 C901
GND 2 C309 3.3V 0.22 RN-CP R379 DVD-L 2.2 R910 CN3908
INL2 C303 14
10 D072 16V 100 ROT CTRL 16V 470 15
LED G 3 B R382 RN-CP 100 MON-OUT ROUT
MMDL914T1 R023 ROT SW MON_OUT 13 R OUT
LED R 4 XX 4.7k RN-CP D073 XX C064 16V C072
PROTECT VP2 7 L004
C091 STBY_SW 2.2 0.01 R901 D905
SIRCS 5 R024 100 RN-CP C975
D069 47uH 100 XX R913
R363 100p AFT AGC2SIF 25V 5V 470k C910
GND 6 C321 XX C320 XX 1000p B MON-MUTE Q902 12
C322 3.3k CH VCC8V 470p L OUT
F R015 XX D1_JP/MODE1_EU/ATT L003 MUN2216T1 F
KEY 7 47 RN-CP C013
1.5k INTC0_IF 10uH D066
RN-CP R360 35V L012 C014 XX VDDC(1.8V)
C073 C305 MMDL914T1 IFVO
9V C903 R924 R931
18k 1.8V 10uH 0.22 DECV1V8 IFVO/IF_MON_OUT 470 470k 68
RN-CP Q016 16V JR1081 0 CHIP 2.2 100 C069 16V 11
KEY SIFAGC/SCART 25V 0.1 MON OUT
C310 MSD601-RT1 R387 B R992 0 CHIP 16V
XX RESET 100 AGC DETECT PLLIF C070 D900 9
3.3V 1 RN-CP D070 R026 R088 0.1 B XX
16V XX GND R2_IN
10
B C083 100 VSSC1/P * 16V R2
GND 2 XX RN-CP RN-CP B C061
Q017 RED LED MONO_OUTL 4700p R923 C909 R920 C914 8
LED G 3 MSD601-RT1 CH R025 100 D902 R907 1 220k 470p
GREEN LED DECSDEM C316 B XX 39k 10V
121 VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR

RESET 100 RN-CP


123 VREF_NEG_LSL+LSR

LED R 4
122 VREF_POS_LSR+HPL

R361 0.47 ROUT :CHIP


VDDC3(1.8V) OUTR L2_IN 7 L2
SIRCS 5 5.6k R365 L013 C018 10V LOUT
RN-CP R362 0.22 VSSC3 OUTL C908 R921 C915
R925
120 VREF_POS_HPR

10uH
124 VREF_POS_LSL

GND 6 JW1611 XX AGC-MUTE 16V B R1_IN D903 R908 1 220k 470p


XX D068 D1 RIN 100 39k 10V
AGC-MUTE 9 8 XX
125 VDDA3(3.3V)

KEY 7 XX RD5.6SB-T1 B L1_IN :CHIP


126 VDDC4(1.8)

SECAM L-L 10 D1 LIN V2_IN


118 XTALOUT

6 V2
116 VGUARD

9V 8

98 AGCOUT
3.3V M-SYS-IF FSC
115 DECDIG
119 XTALIN

Q013 C961

110 SECPLL
1.8V AVL/2SIF R972

109 DECBG
R957

105 VIFIN1
104 VIFIN2
M-SYS-IF D922

101 GNDIF
117 VSSA1

CN016

99 SIFIN2
100 SIFIN1
127 VSSC4

113 PH2LF
112 PH1LF
XX C327 R060 0.22

97 EHTO
G 9V 111 GND1 100 68 4 G
128 VSSP2

R388

108 EWD
XX XX

102 IREF
0.22 W060

106 VD+

103 VSC
100
114 VP1

107 VD-
(RESET) 5
TO H7 BOARD 16V 68k R1_IN 3 R1
CN3911 TP02 RN-CP RN-CP
B C063 C065 C907 C912
3.3V 1 W059 R311 R919 D906 R909 1 R915 470p
0.1 100
GND 2 C304 C048 C089 R051 16V
3.3 47k XX 39k 10V 220k
100 0.22 C052 C085 RN-CP L1_IN :CHIP
C311 R300 C022 25VR044 16V 1000p
1000p 39k B R310 D062 2
LED G 3 0.1 * X001 B RN-CP 0.1 R312 D061 560
0.22 C029 181331121
12k B B 16V 120k MMDL914T1 RN-CP RD5.6SB-T1 C906 L1
LED R 4 16V C019 16V RN-CP R045 C055 B R922 D907 R905 1 R916 C913
B 22 R011 100 RN-CP R383 ABL SLICER 100 39k 470p
0.22 B 100 C300
C046 RN-CP R048 * XX 10V 220k
SIRCS 5 16V RN-CP 0.22 *
C024 C032 C034 16V 6800p 100
W001 C079 :CHIP
B B 25V RN-CP C094 R309 1
GND 6 22 XX XX W002 XX 1M XX
C041 R305 R046 W003 C058 R313 D908 C902 R917 V1
KEY 7 L040 C092 L033 L036 2200p 0 R389 C329 RN-CP R996 XX 68
470 R398 L037 B 100 1000p 120k 100 68p R390 R326 Q009 XX 0.22
3.3V 330uH 10uH 10uH C040 CHIP RN-CP XX
9V 8 16V XX C031 10uH 2700p C049 C050 B RN-CP 1/10W CH 1M XX
B
0.022 10 RN-CP C084 ABL BUFFER SWF101 TUNER
MUTE 9 9V L010 470 25V D065 SWF100
B C081 RD5.6SB-T1 R303 XX TU101 * 1 3
CN017 10uH 16V 1000p 1M *
*

AGC
R327

SDA
PROTECT RN-CP

SCL
C044 B

30V
XX 1 3 2 4

AS
XX

5V
H 2.2 R355 H

IF
C042 10V C080
22k R061 R301 C077 C325 C139 2 D102 CN100
002:16C L032 L008 0.22 B
1000p
B RN-CP 680 2.2M 0 XX R106 0.01 4
XX
5
1P
RN-CP CHIP
STBY_SW 10uH 10uH R314 RN-CP D060
16V C057 4.7k 25V R111 R112 5
002:16F
B 4.7k 0.01 R304 5V RN-CP B R114 JR1102
ROT_SW R316 RN-CP D064 UDZ-TE17-7.5B * * TO F1 BOARD
ROT_CTRL RD5.6SB-T1 25V 5V 680k C326 GEOMETRIC * XX
1.8V C033 6.8k B XX CORRECTION C113 L101 CN4603
002:16G 1000P C324 RN-CP PROTECT RN-CP TU102
R306 4700p *
1.8V_MAIN
B 100 B JR1100 R126 1
002:16D 1.2k R315 * R108 JR1109

AGC
C112
AGCOUT

SDA
16V 33V *

SCL
XX

30V
RN-CP 4.7k * C140 XX

AS

5V
*

IF
AUDIO RN-CP RN-CP *
SIFIN1
VIFIN1
VIFIN2

SIFIN2

2SIF R128 R127


R5030 C599 R110 * XX
R103 R119 C115 C116
XX XX C100 L102 33 * * C135 CHIP RN-CP
33 JR1135
1000p * RN-CP RN-CP B Q102 4700p 0.01
LSL

XX
LSR

IC200 B JR1181 2SC3779C,D-AA R113 25V


LSL OUT
9V AN17808A 0 C138 * B
1 C202 R116 C111 R107 AMPLIFIER D100
CHIP 1000p C141 0.01 RN-CP
GND 2 0.047 100 L103 *
16V SDA RN-CP B * 25V JR1186 *
RN-CP * BUFFER
LSR OUT 3 R208 Q202 *
B CHIP FB105
R237 :CHIP D205 C220
OUTR/NC

6.8k L106 L105


OUTC/NC

R238 MSB709-RT1 SCL CT131 R109


PW_GND

I MMDL914T1 10 C102 CT139 C117 Q104 * I


IN C/NC

MUTE 100uH
IN R/NC

4
S_GND

100 100 D203 AC MUTE * XX


R115 100p D109 *
OUTL

MUTE

* * *
STBY

CHIP CH
VCC

MMDL914T1 100 CH RD5.6SB-T1 SWITCH


IN L

CN203 C208 C219 R221


RF

C234 C201 R201 6800p SWITCH D204 220 1k D206 RN-CP PROTECT
XX 0.1 3.3k MMDL914T1 16V C120 C104
470p 25V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RN-CP XX 100p
16V :CHIP SWITCH JR1980 470 C136 Q103
TO B BOARD :CHIP R220 JW1088 D108 16V C107 L104 100 R131
R232 5V 0 RD5.6SB-T1 CH 470 L100 47uH *
CN205 C200 C236 C237 R211 R230 0 XX 16V * SWITCH
0.1 R200 XX C205 C207 15k XX 10k CHIP MON-MUTE CHIP PROTECT C137 16V 100uH
XX
16V C235 8.2k 0.47 0.1 C210 RN-CP C221 C143 XX Q100 C109
:CHIP 470p 100 C217 XX JW1089 TP101 1000p R148
R229 R234 C101 MSD601-RT1 4700p
33k 1000 R235 47 25V XX B B *
C203 25V 47 10 BUFFER Q111
0.047 R204 R202 C209 C211 C214 JW1090 FB100 * C131 CF101 C132
16V R203 3.3k 5.6k 10 C218 1000 XX 0uH R118 C108 SWITCH * XX
0.47 R210 C215 470 I O *
:CHIP 8.2k R212 22 25V 7V JW1091 100 D105 BP
F
C206 15k 2200 D110
* 16V 9V R153
R205 6800p D209 0 D211 XX MMDL914T1 RN-CP C106 R150 R146
R207 25V XX CHIP XX R247 C216 G *
5.6k R241 C212 C213 22 JW1092 D107 10 * *
6.8k :CHIP XX 0.1 XX D111 1/10W
2.2k R217 XX MMDL914T1 XX R100 D106
RN-CP
J RN-CP R233 D210 C232 330 1k * J
C204 R240 XX D213 R2644 0.047 JW1093 RN-CP JR1101
C238 XX MMDL914T1 4.7 R248 R155 R154 C133 R149
2.2k

AGC-MUTE

M-SYS-IF
0.1 2.2 C231 22k

AGCOUT
C230 SWITCH XX XX 1k * * *
16V RN-CP FPRD R218 D200 RN-CP 33V

VIFIN1
XX 0.047

SIFIN2
RN-CP

SIFIN1
VIFIN2
IFVO
F 0 DA204K R219

2SIF
D201 330 C142
MMDL914T1 XX

R242 SWITCH
D212 R236
22k Q203 MMDL914T1 10k D202 B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 001)-SW292

001:10B;001:3A;
RN-CP MSD601-RT1 RN-CP MMDL914T1

002:16D;002:1I
SWITCH

002:16E
33V
1
2
3
4
5
6

9V
1
2
3

1
2
3
GND
GND
AUDIO VCC

PH_L

SPL
SP L
AUDIO VCC
GND

GND
GND

PH_R
SP R

A
002:5L
ABL
7V

VGUARD-DEFL

EWD-DEFL
002:5L

VD+-DEFL
AUDIO_GND

VD--DEFL
002:5L
002:16C

002:1K
002:13A

OCP-PROTECT
AUDIO_VCC

002:1J

002:16C
002:16C

K
CN204 CN202
(Block 001) K

XX CN208
6P
TO B BOARD
CN206
TO H7 BOARD
CN3903
XX
Processor/Audio/Tuner/Jack

– 35 – – 36 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

4-3-3. A Board — (Block 002)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

AUDIO_GND
IC_GND

001:4K
CN605

003:1C
PFC OUT
XX

3 PFC IN
WHT
A A
CHOKE COIL

1
POWER SUPPLY IC605 R6022 IC610
KIA78D33F * BA18BCOWFP-E2
STANDBY CIRCUIT RN-CP 3.3V REGULATOR
REGULATOR O
I
D617 C602 COM
* IC603 XX
C638 TH601 EK1135

OUT
1

CTL

N.C.

N.C.
Vcc
! ~ * *
VD601 JW1682 C626 3.3V
CN600 D647 1 13
2P 1 180499511 XX * C637 1 2 3 4 5

8
1
10ERB20-TB5 C613 VD602 R665 R681 Q613
~ 1000p
RECTIFIER ! 4700p C615 * * 10k OVP CIRCUIT MSB709-RT1
TO H4 BOARD JW1683 500V R686 B 14
4700p

7
2
CN1651 2 8 C608 JW1608 XX E R6020 XX RN-CP SWITCH 3.3V
17.5MM 500V R638 C628
B ! C684 470p E * * C681 001:4A;001:15A B
~ * C639 Q614 R6001

6
3
AC IN 2 * 250V D607 C627 3 C658 100 W604
C697 3 7 D4SB60L 1 * UN2211 * 16V 1 30V
R6014 B ! JW1609 * C654 C665 0.01 SWITCH RN-CP
AC IN 1 0.22 C621 D613

5
JW1697 R622 RECTIFER
PT * ~ C609 22.5MM 0.22
JW1621 * * * XX
R694
B 2 GND CN619
XX D648 470p 10 PROTECTOR 4 9 R6000 Q617 C696 XX
CN601 * 4 6 10W C616 D627 R6013 68k D644 R699 * 3 11V
C685 * C683 250V R639 * 47 TO B BOARD
DGC COIL FB600 ! RB 4700p D614 * C655 * RN-CP MMDL914T1 56K RN-CP 4 7V
* 470 B C614 * RN-CP C698 35V CN1417
0uH 500V * 5 8 1000 SWITCH RN-CP * R6021
DGC 3 JW1698 ! RY602 4700p PROTECTOR C646 35V 5 GND
R6017 E D632 C679 R698 XX
XX T603 175539511 500V JW1696 JW1639 * R690 R695
NC 2 XX E * 1K 0.47 10k Q612
* XX XX 6 7 18k
DGC 1 C623 ! FPRD RN-CP 10V CHIP MSD601-RT1
JW1607 XX C619 C620 C649 D640 B SWITCH 1 11V CN620
XX R687
R6015 R613 * * * T605 Q609 RD18ESB XX
CN603 * 8.2M D658 ! KTC3199GR-TP REGULATOR 2.2k R696 11V 2 7V
! * * RN-CP 0 TO B BOARD
DGC 2 ! 1W UDZS-TE17-12B D657 FB601 FL602 SWITCH 3 GND
TH600 MMDL914T1 JW1694 C629 R654 R6028 R642 5A CHIP D071 CN1428
RN CLAMP 0uH
DGC 1 SWITCH XX 0.01 9.1k * 0.1 90V D637 MMDL914T1
180580811 16V 001:1H
RN-CP RN-CP 1W 1 D10SBS4F PROTECTION
STBY_SW
B RF Q607 R684 C670
C R661 R6029 R664 C
DGC CHK 2 D661 270k R669 FB602 2SK3561 ! C668 * OCP-PROTECT
MTZJ-T-77-15 220k * 0uH XX XX 001:8K
DGC CHK 1 RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP 1k R670 SWITCH FL603
VD600 C630 D629 D655 7V
C631 R651 XX FPRD 10 5A XX 001:6K
! FPRD MM3Z15VT1 C650 7V

18
* 470 Vsense VD 90V

1 2 3 4 5 6
CN602 ! 1000p 680p SWITCH AUDIO_VCC
C600 100V RN-CP R657 C667
2P F/B C653 IC607 001:4K
0.22 JW1695 PP XX R672 1kV 2200
0.047

16 15 14
DGC CHECKING PT RY600 XX Ct VG(H) D622 10k JW1688 50V KIA78R05API
D600 D653 R652 800V REGULATOR 30V
175519811 R6030 MTZJ-T-77-15 RN-CP S 12.5MM
1SS119-25 XX 12k Rt VS PP
RY601 RN-CP XX
JR1683 ! GND VB 10 R6009
0 D667 RY603 R603 * C635 C648 R673
10
C652 !
*
XX Timer 0.1 220 PS600 1 2 3 4 L039
JW1659 CHIP MMDL914T1 JW1610 XX C636 10 FPRD 35VD633 RN-CP D664 2.2uH
R659 5A R6024
XX SS VG(L) C651

12 11 10
7.5MM R601 4.7 12 C693 C662 1SS133T-77 5V

7 8 9
XX R604 680p 10ERB20-TB5 FL604 90V R6023 *
4.7k
XX
R6011 R6010 C632 Vc1P-GND D625 RECTIFIER 0.45uH XX 3300 L690 * RN-CP C686 001:3A;001:10B;002:9J
RN-CP D651 XX XX 4.7 1kV 16V 10uH RN-CP C682 5V
XX D652 UF4005/23 ! 220
OCP Vc2 8 15 100 16V
CLAMP R675 001:1D
Q600
JR1684 D668 R606 XX R6004 C695 C692
10k S R6008
PS602
5A
D638 W605 W603
D663
16V
1.8V_AUDIO
MSD601-RT1 XX * XX C633 0.01 RB085T-60 C603
MMDL914T1 IC602 C604

1
D R600 0 1000p B RN-CP * 90V XX MMDL914T1 IC604 D
SWITCH Q616 PH602 MCZ3001DB FPRD 9 17 RECTIFIER XX 1.8V_MAIN
001:1E C601 XX CHIP D654 CH C647 D631 CLAMP NJM78M09FA
DGC-RELAY XX XX SW REGULATOR FL606 D636 C699 001:1H
XX D665 10 MM3Z15VT1 R676 ! RB085T-60 D666 22 9V REGULATOR
220 REGULATOR Q608 0.45uH
D659 UDZSTE-1736B CLAMP 0.1 51 6 PS601 RECTIFIER IC606 MMDL914T1
CN606 16V R605 D626 2W 2SK3561 I O 9V
* SWITCH 5A PQ018EF01SSH CLAMP G
XX 9V XX R6006 R6005 90V C666 001:13K;001:3A;
MTZJ-T-77-15 RB 1.8V REGULATOR
TO F2 BOARD CN6601 XX * 7 18 2200 002:1I;001:10B
R653 CLAMP FL607 25V
M_SENSE 1 R662 ! W606 C606
100 330 R6007 R678 0.45uH C605 C607 C678
2.2k R677 PS603 C656 XX 0.1

GND
*

OUT
S_SENSE 4 D660 RN-CP 14 XX 100

Vcc
C691 RN-CP CHIP 1.2k 5A 680p C659 9V 25V XX

IN
* FL605 90V 1kV 680p F 16V
* 7V
0.45uH 1kV
P_GND 4 1 R121 1 2 3 4
FL600 C661 22k C119
CN607 DL 3 1.1uH 470p C118 0.01 R6012 D662
XX R660 1kV 3W * MA2ZD14001S0
DH 2 PH601 2 D635 R RS 22 B
GRN 0 D4SBL20U CLAMP
P_VCC 1 ! ON3171-R CHIP SENSING C657 C663 C610
PHOTO COUPLER ! 680p 330 33V R6025
E TO F2 BOARD 9V 160V
0.47 C680 * E
CN6602 JR1681 R607 T601 1kv L600 100 RN-CP
S_VCC 5 * R679 16V
* 0 1443069111 C660 33uH D103
P_CONT 4 CHIP RN-CP C690
CHIP FL601 680p W602 MTZJ-33B R6027 *
BIAS 3 1.1uH 1kV *
RN-CP R6026
MAIN_ON 2
*
S_GND 1 Q618 RN-CP
33V
CN608 MSB709-RT1 001:12K
XX
DEFLECTION
GRN C512 +B
XX 5V
TO F2 BOARD 001:9A
CN6603
R527 5V
XX HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION 1 VD+
R5032 R596 R500
F 1k 2 GND F
H-DRIVE 680 680 CN507
3W H+ 11V RN-CP 3 5V 7P
3W
RS RS 15V 4 15V RED
L519 L515 15V 5 11V
R557 ! 145910400 TO C BOARD
R579 JW1579 XX 135V XX 1 3 135V 6 ROT_CTRL CN1801
C538 OCP CIRCUIT
XX XX R507
JW1557 XX 20000 T504 4 4.7 R5020 7 ROT_SW
R543 TP502 1.2kV D517 D519 15V 143385011 C572 FPRD 1 R5021 001:1H
C514 ERC06-15S R597 0.15
5.6k POST PIN PP ERC06-15S HLT C574 C577 3W 1.5k ROT_SW
R534 Q506 0.047 1 4 DUMPER 680 250V 4.7
0 1W
200V
DUMPER
RS PP 160V
0.15
200V D548 RS RN-CP
ROT_CTRL
2SK3462 RS C528 4 2 1SS133T-77
CHIP H-DRIVE PT Q511 PT S502 R5022 001:1H
C581 XX C552 SWITCH
3 5 TT2142 3 S501 157270711 270k 1 GND
XX R523 R531 15 R562 H-OUT TP604 680p C597 RN
C551 ! 47 TP605 2kV 5 1 R508
XX XX POST PIN R589 R583 27 100 2 7V
XX C523 T501 ! POST PIN B R584 3W R509 16V
HOUT-DEFL XX XX L513 R515 * Q516 3 11V
470p 7V
001:9A C564 R535 500V
143719551
16 C539 C568 ! 1.5Mh 100 XX RS R519
220 2SA1091-O
XX JW1521 0.056 D5018 TP602 R588 470P C570 3W R5025 SWITCH CN512 DY !
G JW1523 100 B JW1568 3W 4.7k D547 XX G
AFC-DEFL S 10.0MM FB503 630V D518 FMU-G16S POST PIN XX 500V 1 JW1515 D528
5.0MM RN-CP C519 C553 5.0MM XX RN-CP R5023 1SS133T-77 11V
001:9A R599 XX PP XX TP603 250V FR104-A5 SWITCH TO C BOARD
C510 470p 680p C561 PP JW1583 R511 SNUBBER 330k
27k D533 500V POST PIN 2kV R5026 R5024 CN3800
XX XX DUMPER XX 5.0MM 33 240k
RN-CP B B 4 3W JW1584 R5029 100k C580 17
PROTECTOR C598 5 100 RN RN-CP FBT H.DY H.DYV.DY V.DY

JW1511 XX 11V
PIN 1 3 ! L512 L511 3W
R5028 2.2 7.5 D527 1 H+
CORRECTION R5027 3.3k 10V R585 C567 XX 100uH R510 FR104-A5 18
JW1544 R525 150k R581 2.2 H- 2 H+
5.0MM R560 CHIP FPRD L507 0.68 47 RECTIFIER
FB501 470k 10k RN R550 D550 10k 10mH 3 H-
XX RN 400V 3W
D504 RN-CP C517 0 XX RN-CP 19
CHIP R574 PP RS 4 H-
EL1Z Q505 R533 0.01
25V D551 XX 5 V-
PIN OUT IRF614 1k XX
B C548 6 V+
C507 C504 R5017 XX
S 135V 135V DY1
220p XX 8 7 6 5 IC502 XX 6P
4
1

500V NJM2903M 200V


R580 R582 R587 TO DY
W503 B R532 - PIN CONTROL 1 HV 1 HV 1 HV 20
H
+ 3.9k 680k 0 1 200V CN505 H
C506 XX R594
33
JW1545 FB502
RN-CP CHIP C559 CHIP R590 C566 0.47 3 GND
XX
160V 5.0MM XX + D546 XX 220k XX 1/2W TO C BOARD
- D545 5V RN 4 H1 CN703
XX
10

D532 R546
8

FPRD
7
9

MMDL914T1 CLAMP
MMDL914T1 PROTECTOR 0
R552 1 2 3 4 SWITCH CHIP T505 4 FOCUS 4 4
1 HCT
2.2k 15V 142698171 C565
RN-CP C521 C584 22 R5036 2 HCT
R565 R542 CN501
10 18k 100p C593 10k T508 200V 15k
2 2 2 3 N.C XX
1

R505 RN-CP CH 100p RN-CP C558 D523 RN


100k R5016 XX 13
CH C554 PMT 33 EL1Z 4 SMART TO WD BOARD
RN-CP R570 10k 160V SCREEN R549
RN-CP 4700p :CHIP 5 SMART CN8903
C502 R506 6.8k W504 15k
22k RN-CP 200V RN
1500p 6 6 6 6 N.C
5

4
3

RN-CP CHIP W502


CH C530
9V R573 0.022 R553 7 H_DY-
001:10B;001:13K; L518 R551 C534 27k PT 5 5 5 15k 8 H_DY-
001:3A;002:16D 47uH 12k XX RN-CP 12 RN
RN R567 14 14
I C585 R554 1 -15V CN510 I
XX 220k 3 3 3 15k XX
JR1582 RN-CP FV FV R555 RN 2 -15V
FBP 0 11V TO WD BOARD
001:12A D509 4.7k R5031 CN8903
CHIP SV SV 1W -15V
RD5.6SB-T1 11 12k
CLAMP RS RN 002:5L
13 13 1 DF CN504 XX
L514 TO D3 BOARD
10 D529 CN2803
V-DRIVE 2.2mH 1SS133T-77
11 11 TO DL BOARD
R522 C5073 PROTECT CN8801
6.8k VD+ 9 0.022 1 GND
RN-CP 5V 10 10 200V CN509 XX
VD+-DEFL L503 C573
001:7K R5006 C513 12 JW1503 XX 8 1 GND
IC503 XX
0.01
REF-VOLT

4.7k STV9325 5 9 9 R539 CN002


Vcc(OUT)
OUT-PUT

25V JW1035 R556 XX


F.B.-PLS

RN-CP
DRV-IN

R526 CHIP V-OUT C550 7 7.5MM 3.3k XX


13 0.1 RN-CP 7 VD+
4.7k 5V 8 8
Vcc

Vee

J RN-CP 100V 6 11V J


11 MPS T506
D522 L581 R593 XX 5 FBP
D5007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 R578 R586 XX 0.47 7 7 R5035 R5015
1 XX D2L20U 1/2W 100k D530 4 GND
R5005 XX XX
100 R5050
PROTECT C578
2W RECTIFIER FPRD T507 RN-CP MTZJ-T-77-9.1A 3 GND
0 RS PROTECT
RN-CP L501 C531 1000p
CHIP B D521 TH500 2 NC
XX 2.2 C556 XX !
Q513 EL1Z XX 470 1 135V
C546 R577
MSB709-RT1 220 RECTIFIER THERMISTOR 25V T503
XX 135V
BUFFER R569 2W R591 * CN503
C533 XX 0.47
JW1501 470 RS XX
25V C540 FPRD
5.0MM 0.33 TO D3 BOARD CN2800
JW1504 C557
R568 MPS C587 470 B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 002)-SW292 TO DL BOARD CN8800
C537 0.1 5.0MM
1.5 25V

A
220 100V
FPRD Q512
PT R5000 C588 2SC1623-L5L6
C536
XX 22k 1000P BUFFER
K C532 RN-CP CHIP K
470 D513
R520
6.8k
RN-CP
25V FR104-A5
C595 RECTIFIER
R5002
10k
R5051 (Block 002)
XX R5001 D536 RN-CP XX
VD--DEFL
001:7K C527 R571 47k RD5.6ESB2
RN-CP
D537
CLAMP MMDL914T1 R5003
Power Supply / Deflection
0.01 4.7k
PROTECTOR 4.7k
B RN-CP RN-CP
001:7K
VGUARD-DEFL

EWD-DEFL
001:7K
ABL
001:9K
-15V
002:16I

L L

– 37 – – 38 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

4-3-4. A Board — (Block 003)


1 2 3 4

A A
Mount Mecha A001 409311901 IC001

Mount Mecha A002 410268311 CLP002

Mount Mecha A200 406846881 IC200

Mount Mecha A503 X40360521 IC503

B B

Mount Mecha A604 407215201 IC604

Mount MechaA6071 403343761 IC607

Mount Mecha A511 X40360506 Q511

Mount MechaA6070 406084011 XX D607

Mount Mecha A638 407841701 D638


C R6016 C
*
IC_GND Mount MechaA6079 407902811 Q607
002:8A
Mount Mecha A608 407902811 Q608
R6019
*
Mount Mecha A635 406084011 D635

Mount Mecha A637 406084011

Mount Mecha A505 406290872


D637

Q505
A
(Block 003)
D Heat Sink D

B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 003)-SW292

– 39 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M80
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

4-3-5. J3 Board Schematic Diagram


1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A CN2410
8P
WHT
JW2421 JW2410
5 5 D2410 TO A (Block 001)
XX CN907,CN010
R-Y VR PROTECT
1 DVD Y
B
R2410 R2421 C2410
XX XX 2 GND
XX
3 DVD BY
VB R2419 XX C2411 XX
B-Y 4 GND
R2411 JW2419
XX 5 JW2411 5 DVD RY
5 D2411
6 GND
VG R2420 C2412 XX
Y XX XX PROTECT 7 DVD L
C R2412
XX
JW2420
5
JW2412
5
D2412
XX
8 DVD R
PROTECT
L L
R2415 C2400 D2414
R2414 C2413 XX XX
XX XX XX
JW2415 5 JW2400 5 PROTECT
R
R
C2414 R2418 C2401
D
R2417 XX XX
XX XX
J2410 JW2418 5 JW2401 5
181789511 D2415
R3627 XX
XX PROTECT
CENTER IN
1 4 CN3600
XX
E R3624 R3623 C3614 R3626 JW3601
XX XX XX XX
J3603 2 5 3 CENTRE IN-R
XX 1 C3615 R3625 VD3600
XX 2 CENTRE IN-L
XX XX
1 GND-CENTRE
R3621 R3620 R3622
XX XX XX T3600
XX
F
D3400
XX
PROTECT
JW3400 CN3400
XX D3401 XX
XX 3 3D + IN
PROTECT
2 D3402 2 GND
J3400
G XX 1 XX
PROTECT
1 GND/3D - IN

JW3401
XX

H
D3403
XX
PROTECT J3
DVD Terminal
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-J3.-SW292

– 40 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

4-3-6. F1 and H4 Boards Schematic Diagram


1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A !
! CN4602
2P
CN4601 WHT
2P F4601 R4602 TO H4 BOARD
! 5A 0.22 JW4605 JW4603 JW4604
TO POWER CORD 250V XX XX CN1652
XX
AC IN 1 1 AC OUT
B AC IN 2
FH001 FH002
JW4606
! 2 AC OUT
T4601 T4602
XX 143521411
XX
C4603

1
SPARK GAP

XX !
! R4601
CN4603 820k
1P C654 RN

4
4700p
C

4
3
TO A (Block 001) 250V JW4608
CN100 B XX JW4601
XX
GND 1
JW4607 JW4602
XX ! XX
C4602 C4601

D
XX
R4603
0.22
0.47
PT
F1
CISPR
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-F1.-SW292

!
CN1651
2P
F TO A (Block 002)
CN1900 CN600 !
5P CN1652
WHT 2P
3.3V SEN
SIRCS IN

1 AC OUT
2 AC OUT
LED G
LED R

1 AC IN
2 AC IN

TO F1 BOARD
GND

TO H7 BOARD
CN4602
G CN3907
1
2
3
4
5

H4
AC Switch
H D1903
G
R

SPB-25MVWF
LED

3.3V D1902 VD601


1SS133T-77 XX
I D1900
VCC OUT
RD5.6ESB2
PROTECT GND D1901
RD5.6ESB2
PROTECT !
C1901 C1900 S1650
470p IC1900 470p
178664912
B RPM7240-H5 B
SIRCS RECEIVER
J
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-H4.-SW292

– 41 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

4-3-7. H7 Board Schematic Diagram


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

CN3908
A CN3902
5P
RED CN3911
CN3901 CN3903 CN3906 CN3905
XX XX TO A (Block 001) XX
4P 6P 7P WHT
WHT WHT RED CN3910 CN906
TO A(Block 002) XX TO A (Block 001) TO A (Block 001)
TO B BOARD TO B BOARD
TO SPEAKER CN207 CN202 TO 3D WOOFER WHT CN1400 CN014 CN016
J3905 J3906
XX XX

STBY 3.3V

STBY 3.3V
B
4 SP R OUT
1 SP L OUT

SP GND
SP GND

3 3D OUT
PH R IN
PH L IN

1 W GND
SP R IN
SP L IN
3 SP GND

2 W GND
2 SP GND

4 SP GND

6 PH R IN
3 SP GND
1 PH L IN

LED G

LED G
5 SP R IN

LED R

LED R
2 SP L IN

SIRCS

SIRCS
CV IN
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
9 3D IN
8 3D IN

KEY

KEY
R IN
2 GND
1 GND

L IN
7 GND

3 NC

9V
D3913

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6

2
3
4
5

2
3
4
5
1

6
7
8
R3934 C3923 D3919
1SS133T-77
PROTECTOR R3935 XX XX XX
C3920 XX D3914
XX D3916 XX C3925
C R3936 Q3903 D3915 XX R3933 XX R3938 R3945
XX C3926
XX XX XX ALC XX XX XX
D3904 ALC ALC R3932
XX 3.3V R3925
C3900 XX R3931 XX R3943
PROTECT R3937 XX D3918 XX CN3909
0.01 XX R3939 XX XX
100V C3924 R3929 C3918 XX ALC WHT
PT D3902 R3942
D3912 XX R3911 9V XX XX XX XX
1SS133T/77 D3905 220 R3914 R3928
C3914 220 XX R3927 1 MICIN 1
D PROTECTOR XX Q3904 D3917
XX PROTECT XX C3921 XX XX R3944 2 GND
XX ALC ALC XX
JW3914 3 MICSW
5.0MM C3922 R3941
XX R3930 XX 4 GND
JW3910

8
L3901 XX C3927

1
XX Q3902 Q3901 5 MICIN 2
10uH KRC110M KRC110M XX
C3929

+
C3917

-
R3940

7
2
BUFFER BUFFER XX XX
C3901 R3924 3.3V XX

+
-
XX

6
XX

3
E
C3902 C3916
0.01 JW3904 D3903 R3946 C3928
XX

5
100V 5.0MM XX XX XX
PT PROTECT
JW3905
R3904 5.0MM
L3902 C3903 KARAOKE
XX XX L3903 IC3900
10uH R3905 XX
XX XX
D3908
F R3916 C3910 R3926 RD5.6ESB2
47 R3915 R3920 R3908 XX R3910
47 R3907 680 220
35V 1.5k 1k 470
R3909 R3912
330 150
V

C3911
J3904 47 SOUND MENU VIDEO VOL - VOL + CH - CH +

H7
177078622 35V MODE

2
G
J3901 J3903

1
XX 177032913 S3907 S3905
S3904
Front Panel S3909 S3908
169243121 169243121 169243121
S3902 S3903
169243121 169243121 169243121 169243121
1
2

5
3
4
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 001)-SW292

GND
SIRCS IN
3.3V SEN
LED R
LED G CN3907
5P
WHT
TO H4 BOARD
H CN1900

– 42 – – 43 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

4-3-8. F2 Board Schematic Diagram (except KV-SW292M50 (Thailand))


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A
!
CN6601
PRIMARY SECONDARY 4P

F2 GRN
To A (Block 002)
CN606

B Rectifier Selection Unit 1


4
M_SENSE
S_SENSE

4 P_GND CN6602
D6606 4P
R6627 R6626 3 DL GRN
510k 510k MMDL914T1
2 DH
C
RN-CP RN-CP PROTECT To A (Block 002)
1 P_VCC CN607
R6611 R6632 R6603 R6639
R6618 4.7k 10k Q6603
510k 510k 10k
RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP * 5 S_VCC CN6603
RN-CP RN-CP
4 P_CONT 5P
R6619 R6612 R6625 R6616 R6609 R6610 GRN
510k 510k 56k Q6601 3 BIAS
56k 100k * 510k
RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP IC6604 RN-CP RN-CP R6634 R6636 2 MAIN_ON To A (Block 002)
SW 4.7k
LM339NS CN608
D R6620 22k RN-CP 1 S_GND
DUAL COMPARATOR R6631 IC6601 RN-CP
MMDL914T1

MMDL914T1

510k R6613 (SW IC) R6642


510k 10k KIA431AF 1k
RN-CP
D6609
D6601

RN-CP RN-CP R6601 SHUNT REGULATOR RN-CP R6640


SW
SW

14
OUT2 OUT3 R6637
1

D6602 10k 10k

MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1 4.7k ! RN-CP
R6604 RN-CP

MMDL914T1
D6607 PH6602
13
OUT1 OUT4 3 MM3Z12VST1 RN-CP

D6604
SW
2

510k

D6605
R6623 PC123Y22FZ0F

SW
R6633

SW
470k R6624 R6617 12 RN-CP PROTECT 4 1
VCC GND 4.7k 1
3

MMDL914T1
RN-CP 680k 470k RN-CP
E RN-CP RN-CP R6630 R6605

D6610
11

I1 W4 510k 2
4

3 2

SW
R6628 39k
47k RN-CP RN-CP D6608
R6638
10

W1 I4 MMDL914T1
5

R6615 RN-CP R6606 3.9k


75k 510k SW
I2 W3 R6629 RN-CP RN-CP 1 4
RN-CP
6

47k
RN-CP
W2 I3
7

D6603 23
R6622 MMDL914T1 Q6602 R6635
F C6608 C6609 C6601 22k
75k 33 SW * !
RN-CP XX XX SW RN-CP R6641
PH6603 10k
R6621 R6614 PC123Y22FZ0F Q6604 RN-CP
C6606 C6607 C6604 C6605 R6608 R6607 R6602 *
120k 120k 2.2 100p 100p 100p C6602 C6603 56k 56k 10k SW
RN-CP RN-CP CH CH CH 0.01 RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP
100p
CH 25V
B:CHIP
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-F2.-SW292
G

– 44 – – 45 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
4-3-9. VM Board Schematic Diagram
J

1
CN5901
6P
WHT
TO A (Block 001) CN003
GND

GND
VM

RM-GA002
NC

TO A (Block 001) CN005


+B
9V
1
2
3
4
5
6

D5905 D5906
1SS119-25 XX
9V R5913 VOLTAGE DROP
XX VOLTAGE DROP

2
R5917
C5902 C5904 R5907 R5947 820
330 1k 47k R5949
XX 220 R5916
16V Q5913 Q5905
2SA1175-HFE 1.5k 2SC2458-YGR
JW5901 Q5912 INV BUFFER
5 L5901 2SC2458-YGR R5936
47uH AMP C5920 120 JW5902
R5951 5
390 XX
1/4W R5918 CN5903
9V R5915 XX
10k

3
R5900 C5923 R5948 10k R5929 L5902
47 R5937 10 XX WHT
0.1 47k C5909 120 2W
Q5914 C5901
100 RS XX 1 CY-
R5950
2SC2458-YGR C5906 16V D5907 C5915 MPS
AMP 0.047 XX D5903 XX 2 N.C.
R5906 330 R5952 PT VOLTAGE DROP
1k 1SS119-25 3 CY+
470 VOLTAGE DROP Q5904
2SA1175-HFE L5903
R5912 BUFFER XX
– 46 –

47k
CN5904
12P
R5905 Q5901 TO VM COIL

4
Q5903
D5901 1k FB5900 2SC2458-YGR
0uH 2SC2458-YGR 1 QP-
1SS119-25 AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER
TEMP-CORR. R5910 C5914 2 QP-
R5904 68 100
330 16V 3 NC
4 NC
R5921 R5909 R5914
180 220 82 5 QP+
3W 6 QP+
C5905 C5907 RS JW5907
100 33 XX 7 NC
C5912 C5918
200V 160V Q5902

5
0.1 220p Q5906 R5923 R5925 8 NC
2SA1606-E 200V 2SC4159-E 1.5
VM OUT 500V FPRD 39 9 E
PT B VM OUT
FPRD
10 E
C5903 R5903 R5919
R5908 1k 11 VM
4700p 39 1.5 D5904
1/2W D5902 FPRD 12 VM
500V FPRD RD39ESB RD39ESB C5917
FPRD LEVEL SHIFT 470
LEVEL SHIFT
10V
R5922
R5902 R5911 R5920 560
68k 68k

6
560
FPRD C5908 3 QP-

VM
C5910 C5913
0.047 1000p C5911 C5916 2 NC
200V PT 2.2 1000p
PT 0.047 1 QP+
PT 200V PT

Velocity Modulation CN2801


3P
WHT
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-VM.-SW292 TO DL BOARD
&
CN8802

7
TO D3 BOARD CN2802
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

4-4. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT AND WAVEFORM

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC001 1 3.2 44 1.6 72 2.1
2 0.6 73 2.1
3 PAL
3 3.2 74 1.3
4 0 75 2.1
5 1.7 76 2.1
6 3.2 77 1.5
7 0 78 1.3
8 0 2.040Vp-p
79 2.1
9 2.9 3 NTSC 80 2.1
10 3.2 81 1.4
11 1.7
7
12 1.7
13 0.2
14 (0.6)[0.4] 2.800Vp-p
15 0
16 0 45 3.1
17 0.8 2.210V
46 2.3
18 (0.7)[0.5] 47 4.9 82 4.7
19 3.2 48 0 83 1.9
20 (4.0)[3.8] 49 1.2 84 8.1
21 3.8 50 1.2 85 0
22 0 51 1.2 86 (3.5)[1.5]
23 3.2 52 0.1 87 0.1
24 0 53 0 88 1.9
25 1.9 54 0.1 89 0
26 0 55 1.6 90 2.4
27 3.2 56 1.7 91 2.0
28 0 57 1.2 92 3.4
29 1.7 58 1.2 93 3.4
30 3.2 59 1.2 94 2.1
31 0.6 60 4.9 95 2.1
32 2.9 61 0 96 0.6
33 1.8 62 1.5 97 0
34 0 98 4.5
4
35 3.2 99 (0)[0.2]
36 1.8 100 0.2
37 0 101 0
38 1.6 102 1.8
39 3.2 103 2.3
40 0 3.680Vp-p
104 1.8
41 3.2 105 1.8
42 1.8 63 0.3
106 1.3
5 PAL
1 PAL
8

5.520Vp-p
2.120Vp-p
1.760Vp-p
5 NTSC
1 NTSC
107 1.2
9 PAL

5.360Vp-p
2.480Vp-p

43 1.8 64 1.9
1.520Vp-p
6
2 PAL
9 NTSC

2.240Vp-p
2.060Vp-p
1.600Vp-p
2 NTSC 65 0
66 0
67 0
68 3.4
69 3.4
1.880Vp-p 70 1.5
71 1.3

– 47 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
108 (2.4)[2.2] 2 * IC607 I 7.0
10 PAL
3 (-13.6)[-13.3] G 0
VC 2.2
12
O 5.0
IC610 1 2.5
2 3.3
840mVp-p
3 0
4 4.0
10 NTSC 30.40Vp-p
5 0
4 -14.8 Q001 B 0
5 (0.3)[0.2] C (2.2)[2.3]
6 13.4 E 0
7 (0.4)[0.5] Q002 B 2.0
860mVp-p C 0
13 PAL
E 2.6
109 2.2
110 2.2 Q012 B *
111 0 C 4.9
112 2.1 E *
113 1.8 840.0mVp-p Q013 B 0.1
114 4.9 C 1.7
13 NTSC E 0
115 2.4
116 0.1 Q015 B 1.9
117 0 C 0
118 * E 0
119 * Q016 B 0.6
960.0mVp-p
120 3.2 C 0
121 0 E 0
122 3.2 IC602 1 2.5 Q017 B 0
123 0 2 1.7 C 1.7
124 3.2 3 2.0 E 0
125 3.2 4 (2.5)[2.3]
5 0 Q100 B 4.6
126 1.7 C 8.8
127 0 6 -0.1
7 4.4 E 3.9
128 0 Q103 B 0
IC003 1 0 8 18.7
9 -0.1 C 3.3
2 0 E 0
3 0 10 104
11 -0.1 Q111 B 0
4 0 C 0
5 4.0 12 0.1
13 0 E *
6 3.9
7 0 14 (155.3)[156.6] Q202 B 7.1
8 3.3 15 (145.3)[145.9] C 0
16 149.7 E (6.0)[7.0]
IC200 1 * 17 0
2 0 Q203 B 0
18 * C 0
3 21.2
4 0 IC603 1 134.7 E 0
5 0 2 * Q300 B *
6 * 3 2.8 C 0
7 10.6 4 2.8 E *
8 0.1 5 2.4 Q505 S 0
9 0 14 PAL G 7.0
10 22.8 D (16.6)[17.7]
11 39.7 Q506 B 0
12 10.7 15 PAL
IC502 1 1.2
2 2.4 432.0mVp-p
3 1.7 14 NTSC
4 0
5 3.2 1.540Vp-p
6 2.5
7 7.1 15 NTSC
8 8.8
452.0mVp-p
IC503 1 0.4
11 PAL
6 12.57
7 0 1.600Vp-p
8 *
IC604 I 15.0 C 91.2
G 0 E 12.3
920.0mVp-p
O 8.8
IC605 VCC 7.1
11 NTSC GND 0
OUT 3.3
IC606 1 4.3
2 1.7
3 0
940.0mVp-p 4 2.7

– 48 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
Q511 B * Q617 B 2.5 H- 134.9
C 0 18 PAL
16
E 2.5
Q618 B 2.5
C 0
E 2.7
Q900 B 1.5 154.0Vp-p
8.440Vp-p
C 0
E 2.2 18 NTSC
C 138.7
E 0 Q901 B 0
Q512 B 0 C 0.1
C 4.9 E 0
E 0.1 Q902 B 0
178.0Vp-p
Q513 B 1.2 C 0.1
C 0 E 0 V- 0
E 1.8 PH601 1 14.9
Q600 B 0 2 13.9 19
C 15.0 3 0
E 0 4 1.5
Q607 S 145.7 PH602 1 145.5
G 149.5 2 145.7
D * 3 0 2.000Vp-p

Q608 S 0.2 4 15
V+ (0.3)[0.2]
G 4.7 DY1 H+ 138.6
O 0.2 20
17 PAL
Q609 B 0.7
C *
E 0
Q612 B 0
C 7.1 53.60Vp-p
147.2Vp-p
E 0
17 NTSC
Q613 B 7.1
C 0
E 7.1
Q614 B 0
C 0.7 149.6Vp-p
E 0
Q616 B 14.2
C 14.9
E 15.0

– 49 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

C BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC751 1 2.0 7 138.7 5 0
1 PAL
6 6.2
4 PAL
7 4.9
8 5.7
9 *
10 12.8
1.600Vp-p
IC1801 1 (6.6)[6.8]
128.0Vp-p
2 0
1 NTSC 4 NTSC 3 2.5
4 0
5 6.2
6 4.9
7 5.7
1.880Vp-p 152.0Vp-p 8 *
9 12.8
2 2.0 8 126.4 IC3800 1 *
2 PAL 5 PAL
2 0.4
3 0
4 -0.1
5 0
6 0
1.600Vp-p 7 0
130.0Vp-p
8 (0.3)[0.4]
2 NTSC 5 NTSC 9 *
10 (0.3)[0.5]
J751 KR (139.4)[140]
KG (127.1)[126.5]
KB (128.8)[127.9]
1.400Vp-p 108.0Vp-p H1 0
H2 0
3 1.9 9 127.9 Q701 B 4.6
3 PAL 6 PAL C 0
E *
Q1800 B 3.6
C 0
E 4.2
1.520Vp-p 132.0Vp-p Q1801 B 0
3 NTSC 6 NTSC
C 4.9
E 0
Q1802 B 0.4
C 1.7
E 0
2.160Vp-p 140.0Vp-p Q1804 B 1.9
C 3.6
4 0 E 1.3
5 4.6 IC1800 1 (6.6)[6.8]
6 205 2 (6.6)[6.8]
3 0
4 2.5

– 50 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

D3 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST (not used for these models)


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC2800 I 15.0 Q2801 B 0.3
G 0 C (2.3)[2.6]
O 8.9 E 0
IC2801 1 4.4 Q2802 B 1.5
2 4.4 C 14.5
3 4.4 E 0.9
4 0 Q2803 B 14.0
5 * C 1.5
6 1.4 E 14.5
7 7.9 Q2804 B 1.7
8 8.9 C 14.0
Q2800 B -0.4 E 1.2
C 0.3
E 0

VM BOARD VOLTAGE LIST


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
Q5901 B 2.6 Q5906 B (0.5)[0.3]
C 8.8 C (100.8)[83.4]
E 1.9 E 0
Q5902 B 135.8 Q5912 B 2.5
C (100.8)[83.3] C 8.1
E 135.9 E 1.8
Q5903 B 2.6 Q5913 B 8.1
C 4.6 C 2.5
E 1.9 E 8.8
Q5904 B 4.6 Q5914 B 2.6
C 0 C 8.8
E 5.0 E 1.9
Q5905 B 5.5
C 8.8
E 5.0

H4 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC1900 VCC 3.3
GND 0
OUT 2.9

H5 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST (not used for these models)


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
Q3901 B 0
C 3.3
E (0.3)[0.1]
Q3902 B 3.3
C 2.0
E 1.9

– 51 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS


NOTE:
The circuit indicated at left contains high voltage of over
1220 Vp-p. Please pay attention when inspecting or
repairing it to prevent an electric shock.
A [Processor, Audio, Power Supply, Deflection, Tuner, Jack, Heat Sink ]

– A Board –

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

CV IN

DVDV-IN
DVDU-IN
TV OUT
CN202

DVDY-IN
Y IN

RESET
GND
L IN
MON

ROT -SW
VP -OUT
CN906

R IN

HP -OUT
SEL-IN
MUTE
1-867-105-11 1 3

GND
SDA

GND

AFT
C IN

GND

FSC
SCL
C929

SY-IN

SV-IN
SU-IN
D912
TVL
CN208

GND
TVR

GND
D905

R929
CN015
C900

GND
CN011 5

D911
GND

C928

SP L
PH L
GND

GND
1

SP R

PH R
1 D913 1

GND
GND
R906 R995 R941 C916 R942 R951 CN009 R601
R971 7 R1

D919
C956 R930 9 1 1

C921
A200 R233 6

C917
C930

D210

C309
1 C218 R219 C308
R901

L902
C903 R902

C230
8 C954

A
C911 JR030 W003

R949
C901

D915
5

R009
R910

R945

C009

R200
D901 R903

C201
R005

R211
W900

1
C051

D356
R356
1 R928

R238
R317
JR035
R393 CN010 R975

1
R976 C315 C919 R946 C918 C564 R248

Q009
R247

Q001
Q002 C084

1
D916 C234 C210 C217

D917

JR029

R217
D007
R940

C007

D005
CN005 LSL OUT 3.3V

R218
GND
D200

C005
R IN

L IN

COMB Y-
GND

L007

D209
C910 7 1 R311 C235

COMB C-
GND

C068

R202
R201
Q902

R914 C088 GND

R947
R326

C214
J901

L038
R396

Q901
C962

Q300 R950 C202

R2644
R098

D062
R948 R310 R327 GND

CN017
C071
C318

R994

C232
R904

CN203
C301 R042 R237

CN016
LSR OUT

R208
R913 R931 C922 C319 R041 C216

CN014
LED G

R210
Q900

C231
CN905
R924

D057

L005
MUTE
D921
R900

IC604
R953

C678
D920 R599 GND VM JR502 R993 R039 LED R
IC610

C207

C205
D903
R925

C236

R234
4
C915
C908 D900 A001 C099 R397
R056
R973 D058
R235
C696

JR500
R322
R955 R156 SIRCS

R089

R212
D059

R058

R232
C054

C015
C208
R907

R908

C698
TP02
C909

C072

C323
L004

R241
R957 C303 65 R236 R207 GND
C008

JR003

7
C958

L003

C204

IC200
C132
JR006 C093
C960

D066
CF101 64

R6021
C237 R203
R008

C209 C200

C212
R921 70

C038
C305 IC001

D060
C056 JR034 R974

R205

C607
C064

7
C961 KEY

C215
R150

D067
3 C036

C681
R920

R153
D922

CN004
FB001

8
1 9V

C203
D902

B
C914 CN907 C053

C213
R996 C069 R364 MUTE

A604
JR002
R954

50 JR007
80 C206
D908

R204
C238 Q617

R088
R6022
DVD-RIN
DVD-LIN

C957 D061

Q203
JR022

D212
D202
R240
GND

R242 O

9
W004 C606

R230

R6027
R229
R972

C061
R923

R148
C906 C316 C221 D213 C211

CN512
C913

R916

C306

JR1101
R355

9V R6025

C030
Q618 C690
R386

40 JR603

D201
D204
D203

IC606
C037
R383

C131 90
C959
R952

C065

C070
C589 R5014 C302 C079 IK R6026

C605
R905 Q012 R146 C328 L035

3
C220

12
C028 D206 GND

CN620
Q111

R388
C077 C596 L039
C902

C058
R917

C073

IC605
JR036
R912

D666
D907

C976

C026

C096
JR911

C063
R301 R5030 R221 R OUT

Q202
R5008
C094

R127
JR1109 SWF101

C010 R323
R060

G
33 G OUT

C610 Q612
R909 C591 C599 D102

C680
R128 JR008 3 D662 R6012
1

C098
JR1102 JR1100 C023 B OUT
R915 C085 96 W606
R312

R313

C109
R309

R007
R384

C057 GND

TP03

D025
TP101 I1 D664

R038
C912 1 Q015

R6001
C219
R6000 O

R6024
R922 JR009 I
CT139

R5011

I2 G O1

R220
C907 R919
C112

W001
97 L006
5
R051

O
D024 D205
R5012

D906 FB105 C055 CN619 1 30V GND

32
C108 R338 R694

C695 D655
D663

I
R155

C120

7V
11V

11V
C137 C097

L031 R010
C602

GND
JR C13126

R684

D023

R698
C012 C025 CN204

R695
O2
11 5

C006 7V R600 C601

C670
L105
L106

R5035
35
R5009

Q100 R020

C
R337

C699
R

D111 L011 R336 C686 D103 GND

D640
C048 R395 R6013
C106

Q614
R061

R154 20 C021 D006 W604 W605 1

C090
C142

C004

R012

R014
C011 B
C107

D110 C050
C04
3

R002
C095

AUDIO VCC
AUDIO VCC
JR032

GND
R095
R006

R339
R304

R004
R118

R341
L100
CN100

C326
6

D002 R340 R121

C118
Q018

D211
C143 R303 IH IL G 01 02 R044 E Q613

C013
C091
C101

C014 W603 C603

R699
C034

Q515

Q600
C682
JR033 R687 Q609 D644
C041

C679

D003
IC607

R696 R6010

C693
C304

GND

C020

C655
C R029
JR038

JR1683
X001 C032

R001 C307 R379


R100 R390

C083
D105 C320
JR014

FB100 5
B
C133

JR1684

1
C329

C604

R659
-
8

JR1081
R5033

R096
C300

C975
128
1
C138

D106 R389

R392
R5034

C666

D600
L009 9V C663 A6071

C001

CN003
C119

C018 C310
R399 R6009

TP04
R149 C594 R6023
C003

C662

C668
D107

R6011
R003 GND D657

R387

D073
C002
FB002
FB004

R030
FB003

R380
C033

C019

R679
1 3

R6006
C022 NC L690
11 C139 W602
JR1181

9 C311 R023 D636

IC003
JR018
C102

C661
C100 R116 R011 L032 1 4 +B
D070
JR1980

L040

C667
Q013
C327

C683

C684
L010
JR026

D638
R316
R131

D
R015
C104
D109

L013

4
D108

R306

R115
TU101
R305

R992
Q103

D637
L008
JR025

R360

D072
R315

PS603
TU102

C321
C141 C029

C657
R099 C116 JR027 C659

R024

A638
C031
R534

R5010
D064

C324
CT131
L104

C042

L036

C592 R107 Q102


C136

4 C551 JR028 C660 C656


L037

B CLK 5

+
L600
R097

A511 R5013 JR019

D632
C117
R109
L103

C024

PS601
C590 R690 D635
FB005

R361
C049

B DAT C325 C089 C092 IC603

C322
R579
JR1186

C654

D648
C685
C519 R363
C523

L033
CN904

L102

R045 R025
CN903

Q104
R048

JR004
R103

D546

D647
SWF100
R108

PS602
C115

C052 A637
R119

B INT
R114

Q017 Q016
C044

R026

PS600
R546 FL603

8
R113
C548
R587
C559
R560

1
C581 C080

R686
C111
+
JR013

R543 D100
R532

GND

R365
1 R046
C514

JR039
FL606
L012
C113
R106

C140 D068
R314 W002
R112 R111 D065
C517 R362 - R6017
C512
R527

R570

AGC
C040
R300

1 R581 R574
R110

L101 C081
FB502

D069
Q506

T501

D658
R535 C554 C530 FL602 SGND JR1681

R382

R381

C637
T605 T603
JR001 MAIN-ON 4

1
G

R523 C598 IC502 D509 FL604 FL607

4
W503 4 BIAS

C658
R5028 FL600
C507 PCONT 7
A635
D667
D668

E
R550 D550
FB501

C609
SVCC
C510

C506 C665

R681
R580 FL601
R565

C585

5
R552

CN608
L507 Q505 FL605 C608
A505 C504
R533

D504 D551
R557

R531

RY602

R607
L518
D533
S

S G R551
8
C521

R585 R525 R5027 R5017


TP602 TP603 R582 D654

5
1

R606
R605
PH602 6 1
JR024 4
A5018 C561 R505 1

JR600
R567
ROT SW

R613

1
C534

T601
R542

JR503

D5018 ROT CTRL 4


18

C539 C567 2 PVCC


D5

Q616

CN607
T504

F
3 DH
TP605

D627
JR1582
R5032

T508 11V
C502

DL
R562

D652

R665
R506

15V D651 PGND C649


B

T505
D548

D071
C553

C691
B

4
TP604 R5016 5V
Q511

Q516

D660
R604 C646
GND VD+
D519

C584 CN507
D517

1
R589 R573
D532 MSENSE
C597
R5025
R5026

D547 RY603
1

TP502 D545
C574 C593 C628

CN606
E

R6005
R597

R5023
C538

R588 C568 R5022 R6015


R510

R596 C580
R676 SSENSE
R5021
C570

R5024
C552

4
A608
R622
R500

D5007

G
L513
E

L511
L512

C577
R583

D633
S501

R5005
C528

R603
R5020

C653
Q513

TH601
S502

R6019 D653
R660

RY600
R662

C651
C626
R507

CN501
S

R5050
C572

R6014
R553 8
R6008

1
R554 - +
R556 R5036 2 R5006 RY601 D617
R549

R515
R584

H -DY- NC SMART NC HCT


135V 3
C5073

Q608
C573

R675
G

D614

4 D631
R5031

D659
1 C639
H+
D528

C627
1 H+ H+ H- H- V- V+ 6
D527

C63
2 1
CN600
D529

DY1

H
D530

8
L519
FBT L515
GND R594
C622 VD600
R673

AC IN
T503

R6004
C558 C620

VD601
R511

C619 AC IN
T506 H1
FB601

6 D523
R519

C652

C650
R677

R6016

T507
FB602
R508
R509
R5029

C566
R555

C697
CN503 1 R590
W504 Q607
1 A6079
R5015

GND 7
135V W502

3
FBP 200V
CN509

NC R653 R642 R602 PFC IN


C537
CN505

0
L514

NC C565

C600
GND S G
R670
GND

GND
L503

CN605
GND 8
R578

ABL
R520

I
H1
R678

10 9

FB600
11 TH600
D513
C536

FBP D613
D629

4
R664
C595

TH500 R6007
R577

C648
11V
C621

2 PFC OUT
R638
C532

D622

R5000
R672
R586

PH601

14
R6029

VD+

1
C533 3 D625
R539 R591 C615
R669

DF GND 4
C531

7 C614
C624

GND C647 R6030


C630
C587

R639

R569 R568 A503 1


D607
-
D536
D521

R571
12 CN601
R593

CN002
+
C546

13
C550

R651

CN603
R661

A002 JR010 L501


D537

13 C513 6
D626

L581 R526 3 1
VD602

2 C527 10 18 DGC
R657 DGC
R6028

C588 R5051 C692 C613


R522 C540 C623
R5001

CN504
C633

J
CN602
C556

R654

C557
DF 9 A6070
POWER SUPPLY 1
R5002

R5003

1 2
Q512 1 C616
7
B
D665

D522
F IC503 C631
C632

C636
C629

-15V C578 C635


D661

R652 DGC CHK DGC CHK


DEFLECTION CN510
IC602

– 52 – – 53 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002 RM-GA002

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

C [RGB AMPLIFIER, ROTATION CIRCUIT, LANDING CORRECTION CIRCUIT] H7 [FRONT PANEL] J3 [DVD TERMINAL] H4 [AC SWITCH] VM [VELOCITY MODULATION]

– C Board –
– J3 Board –

CTRL
ROT
JW1804

SW
ROT
GND

11V

15V
VD+
B

5V
R1816 Q1802
D1804
C785
A703 A

CENTRE IN-R
CENTRE IN-L
R797

GND-CENTRE
DVD R
DVD L
GND
DVD RY
GND

EY703
DVD BY
GND
DVD Y

CN3600

CN3400
CN2410 1 R1826

3D+IN
GND
GND/3D-IN
8 1 7
1 JW1826
8 A751

Q1800
R1805
CN1801 R1808

CN701
D2415

R1800

R1814
3 1 A704 RV1800 R1813 IC1800 R1827 C790
R1830

C1800

R785

R768
D2410 EY704 R786

1
D2414 D2411 Q1804 IC1801 R754

B
3

1
1

R1810
D1803

R1822
J3400

R1811

R767
1
C789

2
J3603 D785 GND
E C1804

R1825

C1803
B
B OUT

E
R3621
Q1801 R753 D786
R1806

D1808
JW1821
R1809

R1829
R1821 G OUT
C788

R784
C753
R1815

C791

R796
R766
R1828
R OUT

R752
J2410 D787

C751
1-867-111-11 GND
R1

D3401
(1-726-093-11) A1800
1 10 1K
L751 D755

JW1713
R2420 R2421 R775

R713
1 9 JW1751 9V
JW2420 JW2421 R1802
D2412

R777
R764

R778

7
R1801 R757
CN1802 C783

D3402
R2414 1 R765
R2410 3

C1809
R2417

R774
R1824

R3817
R1823
R776

R1812
L753

R1803
C2413 D756 Q701

8
C2414

9
N/S N/S Q3802

C754
R3804
C2411 NC JW753 R758 IC751
JW2419

C2401
R2411
R2412

COIL+ COIL-
R2419

C2400 C2412 JW2411 JW2410 E B

D782
JW2401
JW2400 JW2412 C2410 R2418

D754
R2415
R3808 A3800

1
JW2415 JW2418

D3403
L752

CN3800

JW754
L754
IC3800

R3620
R3624 C3615 JW752 R763
LC(B) L750

1
C3614 IC3801
LC(E)

L780

C756
C759
SG701

R756
1

R794
R3811
GND

R3805
R3810 R3818
R3623

C782
R3627

R3622

D3400
T3600 7V 10

R780
8 KG D781
11V R3807 KB KR

R783
C781
C3800
7

5
11
R3625

D750
R3809 G1-2

VD3600
G1-3

R787

D780
R3626

R781

R773
6

R3806
R3813 H2
C3802

RV750
R3812
5
H1
R3819
– VM Board –
SG700

9
4

C3801
G1-1

10
R3802

R3814
3
G2 G4
(TO DL CN8802 & TO D3 CN2802) 1 1
CN2801 CN5903 C787
13
QP-
QP-
QP+

200V
QP+

NC
NC

NC
NC
VM

CY- NC CY+
VM

QP+ NC QP- RCV


E
E

D3800

CN703
1-863-252-13

JW3815
R3815
12 1 1 3
(1-724-646-13) GND
R3 +B
C5901

R760
1 3 NC R3801 H1

R3800
(TO VM COIL) CN5904 GND 4 CN704

R3816
1-863-250-13

CN5901
C5918 A5906 L5902 L5903 9V CN707
D784 1000V R3
L5901 GND (1-724-646-13)
D3801
R5910
C5903

Q5901 VM
C5912 C784 J751
6 Q3800 EY707
Q5905
C5905

R5917

R5913

A707 GND EY706


R5952

R795 A706
(TO A CN003) EY705 CN702
CN705

C786
CN706

C752
E B A705 J752
B
E

D783
C5906
Q5914
R5903

R5908
C5911

R5907
C5907
R5919

C5916
C D
E
R5921

GND
R5909

C5902 GND GND


B

R5950 A708
R5923

R5902
D5904

R5947

Q5906 D5905
C5913

C5923
R5905
R5916

R5918 Q5913
A5902 Q5912
FB5900

R5951
1

R5900
R5920

B R5906

R5914

R5936
B
R5922

D5906 R5915 E
D5903

R5948
R5929
C5908

B
E
R5949
E B
– H4 Board –
E

B
R5911

C5914
R5912

D5901 E
C5904

C5920
R5904

C5917
B

C5909 C5915 Q5903


R5925
D5902

C5910

D5907
Q5902 Q5904 R5937 CN1651
AC OUT AC OUT

CN1652
AC IN AC IN
1-867-109-11
(1-726-093-11)

R1
– H7 Board – VD601
SP GND

S1650
SP GND

SP

SP GND
SP GND
SP
L IN
PH

SP
R OUT
L IN

L OUT
CV IN

C3902

C3903
GND

SP R IN
R IN
GND

PH R IN
L IN

L3903
SIRCS

CN3906
3D OUT
3.3V SEN

STBY

1
GND
3.3V

W GND
W GND

3D IN
3D IN
LED G
LEG R
SIRCS

4
GND
GND
GND

MICIN 1
GND

1
KEY
LED R
LED G

NC
9V

GND
GND
IN

1 MICSW

C3922
1-867-110-11

R3930
CN3907 1 3 MIC 1-

1
5 1 SW
(1-726-093-11) LED G
R1 3 CN3901 MIC 2-

R3931
5 1 1 9 6 CN3903 1 R3934 SW LED R
1 8 7 CN3905 CN3910
CN3908

CN1900
CN3902 GND
Q3902 MICIN 2 GND

R3937
C3921 JR3901
D3916

C3911 CN3911 D3912 C3900


R3925

A3900 Q3901 D3905 R3933 L3902

R3929
6 SIRCS IN

CN3909
R3928
C3901

D3904 R3905 D3913

C3917
Q3903 R3932
E B E B JW3905 L3901 C3923 3.3V SEN
R3916 R3911 6

5
1 C3924

D1901

J3905
D3908

R3904 C3929
R3914
R3926

JW3904 D1900
C3910

D3915
IC3900
C3926 C1901
D3919

C3914
D3914

R3912 R3910 R3909 R3908 R3920 R3907 R3915

D1902
D3902 JW3914 J3901
J3904 C3916
D1903
J3906
R3924 C1900
D3903
S3909

L
J3903
S3907
S3905

S3902

S3908

R3943
S3903
S3904

V
R IC1900

C3928 R3944 R3946


D3917
R3942
D3918
R3945

CH+ CH- VOL+ VOL- VIDEO MENU SOUND MODE C3927


Q3904

A1900
R3938
C3925
R3939
R3940
R3941

R3936 C3918
R3935 R3927
C3920 O
VCC

– 54 – – 55 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

F2 [RECTIFIER SELECTION UNIT] F1 [CISPR]

– F2 board – (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))


D6610
(1-725-901-11) 1-866-568-11
R1

1
2

3
R6635

PH6603
R6642
R6640

R6637

1 4
R6638

CN6603
Q6604

4
PH6602
Q6602

R6636

2
3

5
D6608 Q6603 R6628

R6603
D6607

D6604
R6632
D6603
R6641
D6609 S-GND
R6633

Q6601
R6634
D6601 MAIN-ON

D6606
D6605 BIAS

IC6601
R6639 P-VCC P-CONT
DH S-VCC

C6601
R6630 R6631

R6602
C6609 DL
P-GND
C6608
7
60
IC6604

C6

R6629
R6625

4 CN6602
R6624

JR6601 R6609 R6601


C6603

C6602
R6607
R6606
R6605
R6604
R6608
R6610

1
JR6602

R6617
C6605 R6622
JR6604
R6626
R6627
R6616 JR6603 R6618
C6606 CN6601
R6615
R6614
R6621
C6604

R6613 R6612 R6611 M-SENSE


D6602
4

R6623 R6620 R6619 S-SENSE

– F1 board –

R4602 AC OUT CN4602 AC OUT

F4601
FH001

1 2

FH002
C4601
T4601
C4603
C4602

CN4601 AC IN

AC IN
R4601
T4602

R4603
C654

CN4603 R2 1-867-443-12
(1-726-225-12)

– 56 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS
DIODE
CATHODE
CATHODE

ANODE

CATHODE
ANODE ANODE

U05G D2SB60A-F04 D4SB60L RD18ESB D1NS6 MMDL914T1


D4SBL20U MTZJ-33B D2L20U MM3Z15VT1
D10SBS4F MTZJ-T-77-15 EL1Z RD5.6SB-T1
MTZJ-T-77-22 UF4005/23
1SS119-25 10ERB20-TB5
1SS133T-77

TRANSISTOR
ANODE
3
C

2 B

1
CATHODE E

MA77 DA204K ERC06-15S FMU-G16S RB085T-60 MSB709-RT1


MA2ZD14001S0 MSD601-RT1
MTZJ-T-77-9.1A MUN2216T1
UDZS-TE17-12B UN2211
UDZSTE-1736B 2SC1623-L5L6
UDZ-TE-17-7.5B

TT2142 KTC3199GR-TP IRF614 2SA1091-0 2SK3462 BA18BCOWFP-E2


2SC3779C,D-AA

IC
DIP SOP

1 1
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
Small Outline L-leaded
Dual In-line Package
Package TOP VIEW
Pin 6~98 Pin 8~98

MCZ3001DB AN17808A BR24L16F-WE2 TDA12067H1/N1E0B


EK1135 NJM2903M

– 57 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

IC

1
7

STV9325 L7809CV KIA78D33F


PQ018EF01SSH
KIA78R05API

– 58 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

SECTION 5
EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• Items with no part number and no • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since
description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine The components identified by
they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be shading and mark ! are critical
service. anticipated when ordering these items. for safety.
• The construction parts of an assembled Replace only with part number
part are indicated with a collation specified.
number in the remark column.

5-1. PICTURE TUBE AND SPEAKER BRACKET

r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12


p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16

26

11
25 10
27
9 12
16
7 17 20
23 18 8
28 24
6 19
13
11
14
6
22 15
23 27
5

7
29
28
4
21 2
3
1

– 59 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
1 X-2059-972-1 BEZNET ASSY 2 ~ 4, 21,22 16 1-452-032-00 MAGNET,DISC
(KV-SW292M50/M80) 17 1-452-094-00 CIRCULAR DISC MAGNET B
X-2059-949-1 BEZNET ASSY (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 18 4-077-228-02 PIECE, TLH CONVERGENCE
2 * 4-036-405-21 SPRING, COMPRESSION (KV-SW292M50/M80) 19 4-079-376-01 BAND, DGC
4-036-405-11 SPRING, COMPRESSION 20 8-453-021-32 NA2919-M3
(except KV-SW292M50/M80)
3 4-103-334-01 BUTTON, POWER 21 2-022-584-02 DOOR, CONTROL
4 * 4-103-335-01 GUIDE, LIGHT 22 4-087-491-11 SPRING (DOOR)
5 ! 8-735-056-05 PICTURE TUBE (M68LNH 070X) 23 4-046-765-12 SCREW, TAPPING 7 + CROWN WASHER
(except KV-SW292M80)
24 4-051-734-42 PIECE B(120), CONV, CORRECT
! 8-735-057-05 PICTURE TUBE (M68LNH 070X) (KV-SW292M80)
(KV-SW292M50/M80)
X-4387-214-3 PERMALOY ASSY, CORRECTION
6 4-046-600-11
SPACER, DY
(except KV-SW292M50/M80)
7 * 4-046-981-03
BRACKET, SPEAKER
25 4-084-918-01 HOLDER, HV CABLE
8 ! 8-451-494-61
DEFLECTION YOKE (Y29RSA-S3)
9 * A-1129-411-A
MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M50/M80) 26 2-349-099-11 COVER, REAR (29) (KV-SW292M50/M80)
* A-1123-549-A
MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C 2-022-582-11 COVER, REAR (29) (except KV-SW292M50/M80)
(except KV-SW292M50/M80) 27 4-302-404-03 TAPPING SCREW (+PWH 4X16)
10 ! 1-419-294-11 COIL, DEGAUSSING 28 1-825-691-12 SPEAKER (15 x 6.5CM)
(except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) 29 * 4-103-333-01 COVER, BOTTOM (KV-SW292M50/M80)
! 1-419-323-31 COIL, DEGAUSSING (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) * 2-632-357-01 COVER, BOTTOM (except KV-SW292M50/M80)
30 4-064-883-03 HOLDER, DGC
11 * 2-591-524-01 CUSHION (50X550), DGC (KV-SW292M50/M80)
12 * 2-591-526-01 CUSHION (60X120), DGC
(except KV-SW292M50/M80)
13 1-452-896-61 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT-200)
14 * A-1129-419-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (KV-SW292M50/M80)
* A-1123-557-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (except KV-SW292M50/M80)
15 4-369-318-61 SPRING, TENSION

– 60 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002

5-2. CHASSIS
r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12
p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16

54 55

53
56
60
61

62
52
57
64
58

63
51

65
59

REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
51 * A-1129-415-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (KV-SW292M50/M80) 56 * 2-634-133-01 BRACKET, TERMINAL
* A-1123-553-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 57 * A-1129-646-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(India)
52 * A-1134-635-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1134-408-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)
* A-1134-410-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 * A-1134-523-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M61)
(except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1129-407-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M80)
53 * A-1129-417-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1128-308-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292N60)
* A-1123-555-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 58 ! 1-453-297-41 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK(NX-4009//M3I4)
54 4-022-115-21 HOLDER, AC CORD (KV-SW292M50/M80) 59 * A-1129-414-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (KV-SW292M50/M80)
4-022-115-00 HOLDER, AC CORD (except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1123-552-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (except KV-SW292M50/M80)
55 ! 1-823-551-11 CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
(KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) 60 4-046-797-21
SCREW (3X12), (+)BVTAP (KV-SW292M50/M80)
4-046-797-01
SCREW (3X12), (+)BVTAP
! 1-824-642-21 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
(except KV-SW292M50/M80)
(KV-SW292M50(Thailand) 61 8-597-962-00 TUNER, FSS BTP-AG411 (KV-SW292M50/M80)
! 1-823-478-12 CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) 1-693-659-11 TUNER (KV-SW292M61)
(KV-SW292M61) 8-598-620-20 TUNER, FSS BTP-AA402 (KV-SW292N60)
!1-575-023-11 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) 62 4-302-428-03 SCREW (WASHER HEAD) (+P 3X12)
(KV-SW292N60) 63 1-469-969-11 CLAMP, FERRITE
64 * A-1129-410-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80)
* A-1123-558-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (except KV-SW29M50/M80))
65 * 4-095-842-31 BRACKET, MAIN (KV-SW292M50/M80)
* 2-632-073-01 BRACKET, MAIN (except KV-SW292M50/M80)

– 61 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
SECTION 6 Replace only with part number specified.

A ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST


REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
NOTE: • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since • All resistors are in ohms
they are seldom required for routine • F : nonflammable
The components identified by shading service. Some delay should be antici-
and mark ! are critical for safety. pated when ordering these items. CAPACITORS
Replace only with part number specified. • MF : µF, PF : µµF
• All variable and adjustable resistors have
characteristic curve B, unless otherwise COILS
When indicating par ts by reference noted. • MMH : mH, UH : µH
number, please include the board name.

REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
* A-1129-646-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(India)) C053 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
* A-1134-408-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C054 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
* A-1134-523-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M61) C055 1-100-829-11 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
* A-1129-407-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M80) C055 (KV-SW292M61/N60)
* A-1128-308-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292N60) C055 1-100-829-31 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
******************* C055 (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)

1-543-298-11 FERRITE 0UH C056 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V


4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) C057 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
* A002 4-042-408-02 PIN(45), WIRE (KV-SW292M50/M80) C058 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C061 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C063 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
<CAPACITOR>
C064 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C001 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C065 1-126-962-11 ELECT 3.3UF 20.00% 50V
C002 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C069 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C003 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C070 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C004 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C072 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C005 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 25V
C073 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C006 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C077 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
C007 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 25V C080 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C008 1-100-566-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 25V C081 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C009 1-100-566-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 25V C085 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C010 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C088 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.50PF 50V
C011 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C089 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C012 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C090 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C014 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C091 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C015 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C092 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C018 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C093 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C019 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C098 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C020 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C100 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C021 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C101 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C022 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C102 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C023 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C104 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C024 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C106 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C025 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C107 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C026 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C108 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C028 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C109 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C029 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C111 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C030 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C112 1-162-910-11 CERAMIC CHIP 5PF 0.25PF 50V
C031 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C112 (KV-SW292N60)
C033 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C112 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C036 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V C112 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)
C037 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C113 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C038 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C115 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C040 1-162-979-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0027UF 10.00% 50V C115 (KV-SW292N60)
C041 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V C115 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C042 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C115 (Except KV-SW292N60)
C044 1-125-889-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 10% 10V C116 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C117 1-162-922-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF 5.00% 50V
C046 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V C117 (KV-SW292N60)
C048 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C049 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V C117 1-164-381-91 CERAMIC CHIP 62PF 5.00% 50V
C050 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C117 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
C052 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V

– 62 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C117 1-164-380-11 CERAMIC CHIP 51PF 5.00% 50V C327 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C117 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60) C329 1-162-925-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 5.00% 50V
C118 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C502 1-163-145-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015UF 5.00% 50V

C119 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C506 1-107-638-11 ELECT 33UF 20.00% 160V
C120 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C507 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 500V
C131 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C513 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C131 (KV-SW292M61/N60) C514 1-106-383-00 MYLAR 0.047UF 10.00% 200V
C132 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C517 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C132 (KV-SW292M61/N60)
C519 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V
C133 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C521 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C133 (KV-SW292N60) C523 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V
C133 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C527 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
C133 (Except KV-SW292N60) C530 1-137-372-11 MYLAR 0.022UF 5.00% 50V
C135 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C531 1-107-903-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20% 50V
C136 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C532 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 25V
C138 1-163-009-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C533 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 25V
C139 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C537 1-107-911-11 ELECT 220UF 20% 50V
C140 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C538 ! 1-117-651-21 FILM 20000PF 3.00% 1.2KV
C140 (KV-SW292N60)
C539 ! 1-110-541-91 FILM 0.056UF 5.00% 630V
C141 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C540 1-136-171-00 FILM 0.33UF 5.00% 50V
C141 (KV-SW292N60) C550 1-106-220-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 100V
C143 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C552 1-162-116-00 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 2KV
C200 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C553 1-162-116-00 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 2KV
C201 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C554 1-106-359-00 MYLAR 0.0047UF 5.00% 200V
C202 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C556 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 25V
C203 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C557 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 25V
C204 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 50V C558 1-165-441-81 ELECT 33UF 20% 160V
C205 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% 50V C565 1-107-645-11 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 200V
C206 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V
C567 ! 1-117-669-91 FILM 0.68UF 5.00% 400V
C207 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 50V
C568 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V
C208 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V
C209 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% 50V C570 ! 1-117-671-91 FILM 1UF 5% 250V
C210 1-126-968-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 50V C572 1-117-661-71 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
C211 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C574 1-107-635-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 160V

C213 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V C577 1-106-395-00 MYLAR 0.15UF 10.00% 200V
C214 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V C578 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C215 1-128-550-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 50V C584 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C216 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C587 1-130-777-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 100V
C217 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V C588 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V

C218 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C590 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C219 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V C591 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
C220 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C592 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C231 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V C593 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C232 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V C597 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V

C234 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C598 1-125-889-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 10% 10V
C235 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C600 ! 1-165-529-31 MYLAR 0.22UF 10 0V
C238 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V C601 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C300 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C606 1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 25V
C301 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C608 ! 1-119-892-51 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 250V

C302 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C609 ! 1-119-892-51 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 250V
C303 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C610 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% 50V
C304 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V C613 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C305 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V C614 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 500V
C306 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C615 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 500V

C308 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C616 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C309 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C619 1-117-753-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 470UF 20.00% 450V
C311 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C619 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
C316 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V C620 1-100-957-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 820UF 20% 250V
C322 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C620 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

C323 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C621 1-100-957-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 820UF 20% 250V
C324 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V

– 63 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C621 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C692 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
C626 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C696 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V
C626 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C697 ! 1-165-529-31 MYLAR 0.22UF 10 0V
C627 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C698 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C627 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C698 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

C628 1-107-680-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 450V C699 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C628 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C900 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C629 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 16V C901 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C631 1-136-479-11 FILM 0.001UF 5.00% 100V C902 1-126-957-11 ELECT 0.22UF 20.00% 50V
C632 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C903 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V

C633 1-163-275-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 50V C906 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C635 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C907 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C636 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C908 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C637 1-163-009-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C909 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C638 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C910 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C638 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
C911 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C639 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C912 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C639 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C913 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C646 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C914 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C646 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C915 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C647 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C916 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C648 1-136-497-81 FILM 0.1UF 5.00% 50V C917 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C649 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V C918 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C649 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C919 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C650 1-125-969-91 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 1KV C921 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C651 1-125-969-91 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 1KV
C922 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C652 1-126-949-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 35V C928 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C653 1-165-953-11 FILM 47000PF 3% 800V C929 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C654 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C930 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C654 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) C956 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C655 1-126-952-11 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 35V
C957 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C656 1-125-969-91 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 1KV C958 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C657 1-125-969-91 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 1KV C959 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C658 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C960 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C659 1-125-969-91 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 1KV C961 1-126-957-11 ELECT 0.22UF 20.00% 50V
C660 1-125-969-91 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 1KV
C962 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C661 1-104-330-91 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 1KV C975 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C662 1-126-936-11 ELECT 3300UF 20.00% 16V C5073 1-106-375-12 MYLAR 0.022UF 5.00% 200V
C663 1-110-626-11 ELECT 330UF 20.00% 160V
C666 1-126-943-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 25V
C667 1-128-550-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 50V <CONNECTOR>

C670 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V * CN004 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
C670 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) * CN010 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
C670 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V * CN014 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
C670 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CN100 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
C678 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V * CN202 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P

C679 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V * CN507 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
C680 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V * CN600 ! 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
C681 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V * CN601 1-573-963-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P
C682 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V CN601 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
C683 1-126-971-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 50V * CN602 1-508-786-00 PIN, CONNECTOR (5MM PITCH) 2P
C684 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 250V * CN603 1-691-134-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P
C684 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CN603 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
C685 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 250V * CN903 1-785-608-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 4P
C685 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CN903 (KV-SW292M61/N60)
C686 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V * CN903 1-508-735-00 PIN, CONNECTOR (MCD) 5P
CN903 (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)
C690 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C690 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) * CN906 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
C690 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V * CN907 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
C690 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CT131 1-767-774-22 TRAP, CERAMIC (Except KV-SW292N60)
C691 1-107-674-91 ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% 450V CT139 1-781-526-21 TRAP, CERAMIC
C691 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CT139 (KV-SW292N60)

– 64 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
CT139 1-767-775-22 TRAP, CERAMIC D613 8-719-911-55 DIODE U05G
CT139 (Except KV-SW292N60) D613 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D614 8-719-911-55 DIODE U05G
D614 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
<DIODE> D617 8-719-077-76 DIODE D2SB60A-F04
D617 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D002 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D003 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D622 8-719-923-86 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15
D006 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D625 8-719-979-64 DIODE UF4005/23
D057 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D626 8-719-923-86 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15
D058 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D627 6-500-567-21 DIODE 10ERB20-TB5
D627 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D059 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D060 8-719-056-84 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-7.5B D629 8-719-082-03 DIODE MM3Z15VT1
D061 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D631 8-719-082-03 DIODE MM3Z15VT1
D062 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 D632 8-719-032-12 DIODE D1NS6
D064 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 D632 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D633 6-500-567-21 DIODE 10ERB20-TB5
D065 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1
D066 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D635 8-719-050-18 DIODE D4SBL20U
D068 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 D637 8-719-052-92 DIODE D10SBS4F
D071 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D640 8-719-110-47 DIODE RD18ESB
D072 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D644 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D647 6-500-567-21 DIODE 10ERB20-TB5
D100 8-719-421-40 DIODE MA77
D100 (Except KV-SW292N60) D648 6-500-582-01 DIODE KBP153G-A2
D103 8-719-982-26 DIODE MTZJ-33B D648 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D105 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D657 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D105 (KV-SW292N60) D658 8-719-083-82 DIODE UDZS-TE17-12B
D659 8-719-911-55 DIODE U05G
D106 8-719-157-94 DIODE RD3.3SB D659 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D106 (KV-SW292N60)
D108 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 D660 8-719-924-11 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-22
D109 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 D660 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D110 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D661 8-719-923-86 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15
D662 8-719-072-70 DIODE MA2ZD14001S0
D111 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D663 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D200 8-719-914-42 DIODE DA204K
D201 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D664 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D202 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D665 8-719-083-73 DIODE UDZSTE-1736B
D203 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D666 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D667 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D204 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D668 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D205 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D212 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D913 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1
D213 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D5018 8-719-053-32 DIODE FMU-G16S
D356 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1

D504 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z <DY CONNECTOR>


D509 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1
D513 8-719-075-05 DIODE FR104-A5 * DY1 1-580-798-11 CONNECTOR PIN (DY) 6P
D517 8-719-945-80 DIODE ERC06-15S
D519 8-719-945-80 DIODE ERC06-15S
<FERRITE BEAD>
D521 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
D522 8-719-028-45 DIODE D2L20U FB001 1-469-981-21 FERRITE 0UH
D523 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z FB002 1-469-981-21 FERRITE 0UH
D527 8-719-075-05 DIODE FR104-A5 FB003 1-469-981-21 FERRITE 0UH
D528 8-719-075-05 DIODE FR104-A5 FB004 1-469-981-21 FERRITE 0UH
FB100 1-414-229-11 FERRITE 0UH
D529 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D530 8-719-923-60 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A FB105 1-400-561-21 FERRITE 1UH
D532 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 FB105 (KV-SW292N60)
D536 8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2 FB600 1-412-911-31 FERRITE 0UH
D537 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 FB601 1-412-911-31 FERRITE 0UH
FB602 1-412-911-31 FERRITE 0UH
D545 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D547 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D548 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 <FILTER>
D600 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
D607 8-719-510-53 DIODE D4SB60L FL600 1-469-578-11 FERRITE 1.1UH
FL601 1-469-578-11 FERRITE 1.1UH

– 65 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

FL602 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V JR039 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


FL603 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V JR500 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FL604 1-469-579-11 FERRITE 0.45UH JR502 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

FL605 1-469-579-11 FERRITE 0.45UH JR503 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


FL606 1-469-579-11 FERRITE 0.45UH JR600 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FL607 1-469-579-11 FERRITE 0.45UH JR603 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR911 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1081 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<IC>
JR1100 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC001 6-706-822-51 IC TDA12019H1/N1E7F JR1100 (KV-SW292N60)
IC001 (KV-SW292N60) JR1101 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC001 6-706-781-01 IC TDA12027H1/N1E0B JR1101 (KV-SW292M61/N60)
IC001 (KV-SW292M61) JR1181 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC001 6-706-570-21 IC TDA12067H1/N1E0B
IC001 (Except KV-SW292M61/N60) JR1186 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1186 (Except KV-SW292M61)
IC003 6-704-004-01 IC BR24L16F-WE2 JR1582 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
IC200 6-706-985-01 IC AN17808A JR1681 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC502 8-759-700-07 IC NJM2903M JR1681 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
IC503 6-708-394-01 IC STV9325
IC602 6-705-810-01 IC MCZ3001DB JR1683 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1684 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC603 6-704-264-01 IC EK1135 JR1980 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC604 8-759-701-59 IC NJM78M09FA
IC605 6-707-345-01 IC KIA78D33F
IC606 6-703-478-01 IC PQ018EF01SSH <COIL>
IC607 6-707-344-01 IC KIA78R05API
L003 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
IC610 6-702-987-01 IC BA18BCOWFP-E2 L004 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
L005 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
L006 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
<JACK> L007 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH

J901 1-817-850-11 PHONO JACK 9P L008 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH


L009 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
L010 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
<CHIP CONDUCTOR> L011 1-412-058-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
L012 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR001 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR002 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L013 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR003 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L031 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR004 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L032 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR006 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 L033 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
L035 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR007 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR008 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L036 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR009 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L037 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR010 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 L038 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR013 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L039 1-414-158-11 INDUCTOR 2.2UH
L040 1-414-922-31 INDUCTOR 330UH
JR014 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR018 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L100 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH
JR019 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L101 1-414-140-11 INDUCTOR 0.68UH
JR022 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L101 (KV-SW292N60)
JR024 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L101 1-410-498-11 INDUCTOR 1.2UH
L101 (Except KV-SW292N60)
JR025 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR026 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L102 1-400-557-21 FERRITE 0.22UH
JR027 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L102 (KV-SW292M61)
JR028 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L103 1-410-985-42 INDUCTOR 0.22UH
JR029 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L103 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
L103 1-410-987-42 INDUCTOR 0.33UH
JR030 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L103 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
JR032 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR033 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L104 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
JR034 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L106 1-414-189-31 INDUCTOR 100UH
JR035 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L507 1-419-633-21 INDUCTOR 10MH
L511 1-406-977-21 INDUCTOR 100UH
JR036 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L513 1-412-551-31 INDUCTOR 1.5MH
JR038 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
L514 1-408-947-00 INDUCTOR 2.2MH
L515 1-459-104-00 COIL, WITH CORE

– 66 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
L518 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH Q6604 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L600 1-412-531-31 INDUCTOR 33UH Q6604 (KV-SW292M80)
L690 1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10UH

L902 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH <RESISTOR>

R001 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W


<PHOTO COUPLER> R002 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R003 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
PH601 ! 8-749-924-35 PHOTO COUPLER ON3171-R R004 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R005 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W

<IC LINK> R006 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W


R007 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W
PS600 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V R010 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R011 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
PS601 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V
R012 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
PS602 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V
PS603 ! 1-533-597-42 IC LINK 5A 90V R014 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R015 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.50% 1/10W
R024 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
<TRANSISTOR> R025 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R026 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q001 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
Q002 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R029 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q015 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211 R030 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q016 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R038 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q017 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R039 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R041 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q018 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
Q100 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R042 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
Q102 8-729-022-54 TRANSISTOR 2SC3779C,D-AA R044 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
Q103 6-550-600-01 TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 R045 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q103 (Except KV-SW292N60) R046 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R048 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q104 6-550-600-01 TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1
Q104 (Except KV-SW292N60) R051 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.50% 1/10W
Q111 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R056 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
Q111 (KV-SW292M61/N60) R058 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
Q202 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R060 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R061 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
Q203 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
Q505 8-729-931-45 TRANSISTOR IRF614 R088 1-216-816-11 METAL CHIP 390 5% 1/10W
Q506 6-551-129-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3462 R088 (KV-SW292N60)
Q511 6-550-845-01 TRANSISTOR TT2142 R088 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
Q512 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 R088 (Except KV-SW292N60)
R089 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W
Q513 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
Q515 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R095 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
Q516 8-729-200-17 TRANSISTOR 2SA1091-O R096 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
Q600 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R097 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
Q607 6-551-302-11 TRANSISTOR 2SK3561 R099 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R100 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
Q608 6-551-302-11 TRANSISTOR 2SK3561
Q609 8-729-016-42 TRANSISTOR KTC3199GR-TP R103 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.50% 1/10W
Q612 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R106 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
Q613 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R107 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
Q614 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211 R107 (KV-SW292N60)
R107 1-216-828-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W
Q617 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R107 (Except KV-SW292N60)
Q617 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
Q618 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R108 1-216-820-11 METAL CHIP 820 5% 1/10W
Q900 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R108 (KV-SW292N60)
Q901 6-550-600-01 TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 R108 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R108 (Except KV-SW292N60)
Q902 6-550-600-01 TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 R109 1-216-021-00 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
Q6601 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R109 (KV-SW292N60)
Q6601 (KV-SW292M80)
Q6602 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R109 1-216-019-00 RES-CHIP 56 5% 1/10W
Q6602 (KV-SW292M80) R109 (Except KV-SW292N60)
R110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
Q6603 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R110 (Except KV-SW292N60)
Q6603 (KV-SW292M80)

– 67 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R111 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R301 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R111 (Except KV-SW292N60) R303 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R304 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W
R112 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R305 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R112 (Except KV-SW292N60) R306 1-218-849-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 0.50% 1/10W
R113 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R113 (KV-SW292N60) R309 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R113 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R310 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/10W
R113 (Except KV-SW292N60) R311 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R312 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W
R114 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R313 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W
R114 (Except KV-SW292N60)
R115 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R314 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R116 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R315 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R118 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R316 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R317 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R119 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.50% 1/10W R322 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R121 1-215-925-11 METAL OXIDE 22K 5% 3W
R128 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R323 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R128 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) R336 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R131 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R337 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R131 (Except KV-SW292N60) R338 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R339 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R146 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R146 (KV-SW292M61/N60) R340 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R148 1-211-969-11 METAL CHIP 10 0.50% 1/10W R341 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R148 (KV-SW292M61/N60) R355 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R149 1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP 470 0.50% 1/10W R360 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.50% 1/10W
R149 (KV-SW292N60) R361 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

R149 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R363 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W
R149 (Except KV-SW292N60) R364 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R150 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R379 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R150 (KV-SW292M61/N60) R380 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R153 1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP 470 0.50% 1/10W R381 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R153 (KV-SW292M61/N60)
R382 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R154 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R383 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R155 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R383 (KV-SW292M61/N60)
R200 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R387 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R201 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R388 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/10W
R202 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
R389 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R203 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R390 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R204 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R392 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R205 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R395 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R207 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R397 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R208 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R399 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R210 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R500 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R211 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R505 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W
R212 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R506 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.50% 1/10W
R217 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W R507 1-249-389-11 CARBON 4.7 5% 1/4W
R218 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R508 1-216-471-71 METAL OXIDE 27 5% 3W
R219 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W R509 1-243-537-71 METAL OXIDE 330 5% 3W
R220 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R509 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
R221 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R509 1-243-531-71 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 3W
R229 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R509 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
R230 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R510 1-243-527-71 METAL OXIDE 47 5% 3W
R234 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W R511 1-243-525-71 METAL OXIDE 33 5% 3W
R235 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W R515 1-243-531-71 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 3W
R236 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R519 1-243-535-71 METAL OXIDE 220 5% 3W
R237 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R520 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R238 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R522 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R240 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R525 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4W
R241 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R526 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R242 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R533 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R300 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10 R534 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R300 (KV-SW292M50/M80)
R535 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R542 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

– 68 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R543 1-216-437-00 METAL OXIDE 5.6K 5% 1W R678 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R546 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R679 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R549 1-215-449-00 METAL 15K 1% 1/4W R681 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R550 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R687 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R551 1-215-447-00 METAL 12K 1% 1/4W R690 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R552 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R694 1-208-826-11 METAL CHIP 68K 0.50% 1/10W
R553 1-215-449-00 METAL 15K 1% 1/4W R695 1-208-812-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.50% 1/10W
R554 1-215-449-00 METAL 15K 1% 1/4W R696 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R555 1-215-873-00 METAL OXIDE 4.7K 5% 1W R698 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R556 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W R699 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W
R560 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R900 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R562 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W R901 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R565 1-216-836-11 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W R902 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W

R567 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R903 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R568 1-249-383-11 CARBON 1.5 5% 1/4W R904 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R570 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R905 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R571 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W R906 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R573 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R907 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W

R577 1-215-888-00 METAL OXIDE 220 5% 2W R908 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R578 1-216-369-00 METAL OXIDE 1 5% 2W R909 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R579 1-215-916-71 METAL OXIDE 680 5% 3W R910 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R580 1-218-861-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.50% 1/10W R912 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R581 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W R913 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W

R582 1-218-915-11 METAL CHIP 680K 0.50% 1/10W R914 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R585 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W R915 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R587 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R916 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R590 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W R917 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R591 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R919 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R593 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R920 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R594 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R921 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R596 1-215-916-71 METAL OXIDE 680 5% 3W R922 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R597 1-247-750-11 CARBON 680 5% 1/2W R923 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R599 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R924 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W

R601 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R925 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R607 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R928 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R607 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) R929 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R607 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R930 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R607 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) R931 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W

R613 ! 1-240-917-91 METAL 8.2M 5% 1W R940 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R622 1-240-303-31 CEMENTED 0.22 5% 10W R941 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R638 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W R942 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R638 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) R945 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R639 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W R946 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R639 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
R948 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R642 1-242-949-11 FUSIBLE 0.1 10% 1W R949 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R651 1-208-774-11 METAL CHIP 470 0.50% 1/10W R950 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R652 1-218-873-11 METAL CHIP 12K 0.50% 1/10W R952 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R653 1-208-758-11 METAL CHIP 100 0.50% 1/10W R953 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R654 1-208-805-11 METAL CHIP 9.1K 0.50% 1/10W
R954 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R660 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R955 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R661 1-218-760-11 METAL CHIP 220K 0.50% 1/10W R957 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R662 1-216-639-11 METAL CHIP 330 0.50% 1/10W R972 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R664 1-208-840-11 METAL CHIP 270K 0.50% 1/10W R973 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R665 1-249-389-11 CARBON 4.7 5% 1/4W
R665 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) R974 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R975 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R669 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W R992 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R670 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W R2644 1-249-389-11 CARBON 4.7 5% 1/4W
R672 1-208-806-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W R5000 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R673 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
R675 1-208-806-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W R5001 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R5002 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R676 1-217-611-00 METAL 0.1 10% 2W R5003 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R677 1-249-418-11 CARBON 1.2K 5% 1/4W

– 69 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R5005 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R6026 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R5006 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R6026 (KV-SW292N60)
R6027 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R5008 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R6027 (KV-SW292N60)
R5009 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R6028 1-208-840-11 METAL CHIP 270K 0.50% 1/10W
R5010 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6028 (KV-SW292N60)
R5011 1-216-828-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W
R5012 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R6029 1-218-760-11 METAL CHIP 220K 0.50% 1/10W
R6029 (KV-SW292N60)
R5013 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R5014 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R5015 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W <RELAY>
R5016 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R5020 1-216-389-11 METAL OXIDE 1 5% 3W RY600 ! 1-755-198-12 RELAY, AC POWER
RY601 ! 1-755-395-11 RELAY (AC POWER)
R5021 1-216-655-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.50% 1/10W
RY601 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
R5022 1-245-472-21 METAL 270K 1% 1/4W
R5023 1-247-891-00 CARBON 330K 5% 1/4W RY602 ! 1-755-395-11 RELAY (AC POWER)
R5024 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R5025 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
<SWITCH>
R5026 1-245-471-21 METAL 240K 1% 1/4W
R5027 1-245-466-21 METAL 150K 1% 1/4W S501 1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER
R5028 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W S502 1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER
R5029 1-243-531-71 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 3W SWF100 1-795-890-11 SAW FILTER (KV-SW292N60)
R5031 1-215-447-00 METAL 12K 1% 1/4W SWF100 1-781-042-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
SWF100 1-781-040-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (K082)
R5032 1-215-916-71 METAL OXIDE 680 5% 3W SWF100 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)
R5033 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R5034 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W SWF101 1-813-391-11 FILTER,SURFACE WAVE (41.25MHZ)
R5036 1-215-449-00 METAL 15K 1% 1/4W SWF101 (KV-SW292N60)
R5050 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 SWF101 1-767-302-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE
SWF101 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)
R6000 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R6000 (KV-SW292N60)
R6001 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W <TRANSFORMER>
R6001 (KV-SW292N60)
R6004 1-260-300-11 CARBON 4.7 5% 1/2W T501 ! 1-437-195-51 TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL DRIVE
R6004 (KV-SW292N60) T503 ! 1-453-297-41 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK (NX-4009//M3I4)
T504 1-433-850-11 TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL LINEAR
R6005 1-260-300-11 CARBON 4.7 5% 1/2W T505 1-426-981-71 TRANSFORMER, FERRITE (PMT)
R6005 (KV-SW292N60) T601 ! 1-443-069-11 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (PIT)
R6007 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R6007 (KV-SW292N60) T605 ! 1-437-851-11 TRANSFORMER ASSY, POWER (HST)
R6008 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
T605 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
R6008 (KV-SW292N60)

R6009 1-216-793-11 METAL CHIP 4.7 5% 1/10W


<THERMISTOR>
R6009 (KV-SW292N60)
R6012 1-215-882-00 METAL OXIDE 22 5% 2W
R6012 (KV-SW292N60) TH600 ! 1-805-808-11 THERMISTOR, PTC
R6013 1-208-826-11 METAL CHIP 68K 0.50% 1/10W TH601 1-803-586-11 THERMISTOR, NTC
R6013 (KV-SW292N60) TH601 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
TP02 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R6014 1-240-262-11 CEMENTED 0.68 5% 10W TP03 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R6014 (KV-SW292N60)
R6015 1-240-262-11 CEMENTED 0.68 5% 10W TP04 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R6015 (KV-SW292N60) TP101 1-536-354-00 POST PIN (KV-SW292M61/N60)
R6016 1-247-903-00 CARBON 1M 5% 1/4W TP502 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R6016 (KV-SW292N60) TP602 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
TP603 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R6019 1-247-903-00 CARBON 1M 5% 1/4W
R6019 (KV-SW292N60) TP604 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R6020 1-217-159-00 METAL 0.68 10% 5W TP605 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R6020 (KV-SW292N60)
R6022 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R6022 (KV-SW292N60) <TUNER>

R6023 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W TU101 1-693-659-11 TUNER (KV-SW292M61)
R6023 (KV-SW292N60) TU101 8-597-962-00 TUNER, FSS BTP-AG411 (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)
R6024 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W TU102 8-598-620-20 TUNER, FSS BTP-AA402 (KV-SW292N60)
R6024 (KV-SW292N60)
R6025 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R6025 (KV-SW292N60)

– 70 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A C
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
<VARISTOR> D783 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D784 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
VD600 1-804-993-11 VARISTOR (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) D1803 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
VD601 1-804-995-11 VARISTOR D1808 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
VD602 1-803-614-11 VARISTOR ENE471D-20A
VD602 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
<IC>

<CRYSTAL> IC751 6-703-482-01 IC TDA6108AJF/N1


IC1801 6-706-557-01 IC AN15530A
X001 1-813-311-21 QUARTS CRYSTAL UNIT

<JACK>

************************************************************************************* J751 ! 1-451-544-21 SOCKET, CRT

* A-1123-549-A MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M61/N60)


* A-1129-411-A MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M50/M80) <COIL>
***********************
L750 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-900-262-86 LEAD ASSY, FOCUS L751 1-412-539-11 INDUCTOR 150UH
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) (KV-SW292M61/N60) L752 1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR 47UH
7-685-646-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X8 TYPE2 IT-3 L753 1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR 47UH
(KV-SW292M50/M80) L754 1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR 47UH
*A707 4-042-408-02 PIN(45), WIRE (KV-SW292M50/M80)

<TRANSISTOR>
<CAPACITOR>
Q1800 8-729-119-76 TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE
C751 1-107-652-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 250V Q1801 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
C752 1-115-350-51 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 2KV Q1802 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
C753 1-136-189-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 250V Q1804 8-729-016-42 TRANSISTOR KTC3199GR-TP
C754 1-107-651-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V
C756 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
<RESISTOR>
C781 1-107-651-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V
C783 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 50V R752 1-249-415-11 CARBON 680 5% 1/4W
C784 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 50V R753 1-249-415-11 CARBON 680 5% 1/4W
C786 1-115-350-51 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 2KV R754 1-249-415-11 CARBON 680 5% 1/4W
C787 1-115-350-51 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 2KV R756 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
R757 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
C788 1-162-925-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 5.00% 50V
C789 1-162-925-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 5.00% 50V R758 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
C790 1-162-925-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 5.00% 50V R760 1-260-123-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/2W
C1800 1-107-701-11 ELECT 47UF 20% 25V R763 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
C1803 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V R764 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
R765 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
C1804 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C1809 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V R773 1-260-132-11 CARBON 560K 5% 1/2W
R774 1-215-912-11 METAL OXIDE 150 5% 3W
R780 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W
<CONNECTOR> R781 1-243-509-71 METAL OXIDE 1.5 5% 3W
R794 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
* CN701 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
CN702 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) R795 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
CN703 1-691-765-11 PLUG (MICRO CONNECTOR) 3P R1800 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
CN704 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) R1802 1-249-382-11 CARBON 1.2 5% 1/4W
CN705 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) R1803 1-249-382-11 CARBON 1.2 5% 1/4W
R1805 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
CN706 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
CN707 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) R1806 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
* CN1801 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P R1808 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
* CN1802 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P R1809 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1810 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1813 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
<DIODE>
R1814 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
D750 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D R1815 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
D754 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ R1816 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
D755 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ R1827 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
D756 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ R1828 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
D782 8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2
R1830 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W

– 71 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

C F1 F2
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
<VARIABLE RESISTOR> C6607 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C6609 1-126-966-11 ELECT 33UF 20.00% 50V
RV750 1-241-656-21 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M
RV1800 1-238-019-11 RES, ADJ, CARBON 47K
<CONNECTOR>

<SPARK GAP> CN6601 ! 1-819-457-11 CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 4P


CN6602 1-819-456-11 CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 4P
SG700 1-519-421-11 GAP, DISCHARGE CN6603 1-819-458-11 CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 5P
SG701 1-519-421-11 GAP, DISCHARGE
<DIODE>

D6601 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1


*********************************************************************** D6602 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D6603 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
* A-1134-410-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 D6604 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
(Except KV-SW292M50/M80) D6605 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
* A-1134-635-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (KV-SW292M50/M80)
************************ D6606 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D6607 6-500-029-01 DIODE MM3Z12VST1
D6608 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
<CAPACITOR> D6609 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D6610 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C654 ! 1-117-703-51 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 250V
C4601 ! 1-165-530-31 MYLAR 0.47UF 10 0V
<IC>

<CONNECTOR> IC6601 6-708-427-01 IC KIA431AF


IC6604 8-759-085-67 IC LM339NS
* CN4601 ! 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
CN4602 ! 1-794-577-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
<CHIP CONDUCTOR>
CN4603 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
JR6601 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR6602 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<FUSE>
JR6603 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR6604 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F4601 ! 1-576-334-12 FUSE 5A 250V

<PHOTO COUPLER>
<FUSE HOLDER>
PH6602 ! 6-600-187-11 PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F
FH001 1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V
FH002 1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V PH6603 ! 6-600-187-11 PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F

<RESISTOR> <TRANSISTOR>

Q6601 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1


R4601 ! 1-243-994-91 METAL 820K 5% 0.5W
Q6602 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
R4602 1-240-303-31 CEMENTED 0.22 5% 10W
Q6603 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
R4603 1-240-303-31 CEMENTED 0.22 5% 10W
Q6604 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1

<TRANSFORMER>
<RESISTOR>
T4602 ! 1-435-214-11 TRANSFORMER, LINE FILTER R6601 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R6602 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R6603 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R6604 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
*********************************************************************** R6605 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
* A-1129-410-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) R6606 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
* A-1123-558-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) R6607 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.50% 1/10W
****************** R6608 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.50% 1/10W
R6609 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W
R6610 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
<CAPACITOR>
R6611 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
C6602 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V R6612 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
C6603 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V R6613 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
C6604 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V R6614 1-208-832-11 METAL CHIP 120K 0.50% 1/10W
C6605 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V R6615 1-208-827-11 METAL CHIP 75K 0.50% 1/10W
C6606 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V

– 72 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

F2 H4 H7
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R6616 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.50% 1/10W <SWITCH>
R6617 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R6618 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W S1650 ! 1-786-649-12 SWITCH, AC POWER PUSH
R6619 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W
R6620 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W

R6621 1-208-832-11 METAL CHIP 120K 0.50% 1/10W ***********************************************************************


R6622 1-208-827-11 METAL CHIP 75K 0.50% 1/10W
R6623 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W * A-1123-553-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80)
R6624 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W * A-1129-415-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (KV-SW292M50/M80)
R6625 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.50% 1/10W ******************

R6626 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W


R6627 1-208-847-11 METAL CHIP 510K 0.50% 1/10W <CAPACITOR>
R6628 1-218-887-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.50% 1/10W
R6629 1-218-887-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.50% 1/10W C3900 1-137-150-11 FILM 0.01UF 5.00% 100V
R6630 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W C3902 1-137-150-11 FILM 0.01UF 5.00% 100V
C3910 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V
R6631 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W C3911 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V
R6632 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6633 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R6634 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W <CONNECTOR>
R6635 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
* CN3901 1-564-507-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 4P
R6636 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W * CN3903 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P
R6637 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W * CN3905 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
R6638 1-216-828-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W * CN3907 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
R6639 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W * CN3908 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
R6640 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R6641 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W <DIODE>


R6642 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
D3908 8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2
D3912 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D3913 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
***********************************************************************

* A-1123-552-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) <JACK>


* A-1129-414-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (KV-SW292M50/M80)
******************* J3903 1-770-329-13 JACK, PIN 3P
J3904 1-770-786-22 JACK
* A1900 4-055-304-01 HOLDER, LED (KV-SW292M61/N60)
* A1900 4-055-304-11 HOLDER, LED (KV-SW292M50/M80)
<CHIP CONDUCTOR>

<CAPACITOR> JR3901 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

C1900 1-102-114-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 50V


C1901 1-102-114-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 50V <COIL>

L3901 1-414-183-41 INDUCTOR 10UH


<CONNECTOR> L3902 1-414-183-41 INDUCTOR 10UH

* CN1651 ! 1-580-844-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)


* CN1652 ! 1-580-844-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) <TRANSISTOR>
* CN1900 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
Q3901 8-729-036-80 TRANSISTOR KRC110M
Q3902 8-729-036-80 TRANSISTOR KRC110M
<DIODE>

D1900 8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2 <RESISTOR>


D1901 8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2
D1902 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 R3907 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
D1903 8-719-083-18 DIODE SPB-25MVWF R3908 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W
R3909 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W
R3910 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
<IC> R3911 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W

IC1900 6-704-532-01 IC RPM7240-H5 R3912 1-249-407-11 CARBON 150 5% 1/4W


R3914 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R3915 1-249-419-11 CARBON 1.5K 5% 1/4W
R3916 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R3920 1-249-415-11 CARBON 680 5% 1/4W

– 73 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

H7 J3 VM
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
<SWITCH> D5903 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
D5904 8-719-110-86 DIODE RD39ESB
S3902 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE D5905 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
S3903 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
S3904 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
S3905 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE <FERRITE BEAD>
S3907 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
FB5900 1-412-911-11 FERRITE 0UH
S3908 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
S3909 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
<COIL>

L5901 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH


***********************************************************************

* A-1129-417-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) <TRANSISTOR>


* A-1123-555-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80)
****************** Q5901 8-729-230-45 TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR
Q5902 8-729-809-26 TRANSISTOR 2SA1606-E
Q5903 8-729-230-45 TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR
<CONNECTOR> Q5904 8-729-119-76 TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE
Q5905 8-729-230-45 TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR
* CN2410 1-564-523-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 8P
Q5906 8-729-809-29 TRANSISTOR 2SC4159-E
Q5912 8-729-230-45 TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR
<JACK> Q5913 8-729-119-76 TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE
Q5914 8-729-230-45 TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR
J2410 1-817-895-11 JACK BLOCK, PIN

<RESISTOR>

*********************************************************************** R5900 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W


R5902 1-249-414-11 CARBON 560 5% 1/4W
* A-1129-419-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (KV-SW292M50/M80) R5903 1-247-734-11 CARBON 39 5% 1/2W
* A-1123-557-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) R5904 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W
******************* R5905 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W

4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) R5906 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W


R5907 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R5908 1-249-383-11 CARBON 1.5 5% 1/4W
<CAPACITOR> R5909 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R5910 1-249-403-11 CARBON 68 5% 1/4W
C5902 1-104-661-91 ELECT 330UF 20.00% 16V
C5903 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 500V R5911 1-249-439-11 CARBON 68K 5% 1/4W
C5905 1-107-648-91 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 200V R5912 1-249-437-11 CARBON 47K 5% 1/4W
C5906 1-130-491-00 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V R5914 1-249-404-00 CARBON 82 5% 1/4W
C5907 1-107-638-11 ELECT 33UF 20.00% 160V R5915 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
R5916 1-249-419-11 CARBON 1.5K 5% 1/4W
C5908 1-106-383-00 MYLAR 0.047UF 10.00% 200V
C5909 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V R5917 1-249-416-11 CARBON 820 5% 1/4W
C5910 1-130-471-00 MYLAR 0.001UF 5.00% 50V R5918 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
C5911 1-107-949-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20% 200V R5919 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
C5912 1-104-999-11 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 200V R5920 1-249-439-11 CARBON 68K 5% 1/4W
R5921 1-216-476-11 METAL OXIDE 180 5% 3W
C5913 1-130-471-00 MYLAR 0.001UF 5.00% 50V
C5914 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V R5922 1-249-414-11 CARBON 560 5% 1/4W
C5916 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V R5923 1-249-383-11 CARBON 1.5 5% 1/4W
C5917 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V R5925 1-249-400-11 CARBON 39 5% 1/4W
C5918 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 500V R5929 1-215-880-00 METAL OXIDE 10 5% 2W
R5936 1-249-406-11 CARBON 120 5% 1/4W
C5923 1-136-497-81 FILM 0.1UF 5.00% 50V
R5937 1-249-406-11 CARBON 120 5% 1/4W
R5947 1-249-437-11 CARBON 47K 5% 1/4W
<CONNECTOR> R5948 1-249-437-11 CARBON 47K 5% 1/4W
R5949 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
* CN5901 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P R5950 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W
* CN5904 1-770-747-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 12P
R5951 1-249-412-11 CARBON 390 5% 1/4W
R5952 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W
<DIODE>

D5901 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25


D5902 8-719-110-86 DIODE RD39ESB ***********************************************************************

– 74 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
<ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS>
****************************************

* 2-067-511-01 CUSHION, UPPER


* 2-631-264-01 CUSHION, LOWER
2-636-431-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(KV-SW292M50(India)/M80)
2-639-391-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
2-645-536-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M61)

2-635-887-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292N60)


* 2-632-281-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-SW292M61/N60)
* 2-636-375-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)
3-701-910-00 SCREW, SPECIAL (DIA. 3.8X20)
4-392-004-11 CLIP (KV-SW292M61/N60)

4-059-705-01 CLIP (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)


4-392-003-21 BAND, HOLDING (KV-SW292M50/M80)
4-392-003-11 BAND, HOLD (KV-SW292M61/N60)
* 4-029-168-01 BAG, PROTECTION (KV-SW292M61/N60)
* 4-029-168-21 BAG, PROTECTION (Except KV-SW292M61/M80)

***********************************************************************

<REMOTE COMMANDER>
***********************

1-479-379-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-GA002)


4-084-290-01 REMOTE COMMANDER BATTERY COVER

Sony Corporation
Sony EMCS Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. English
9-872-834-02 Visual Products  2005.7

– 75 –
2-636-431-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and
retain it for future reference.

KV-SW342
KV-SW292
KV-SW252 M80
© 2005 Sony Corporation
M50

01GB01COV-SOEMME.p65 1 5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Black Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch For children’s safety, do not leave To prevent fire or shock hazard, do
any part of the TV, the power cord children alone with the TV. Do not not expose the TV to rain or
and the antenna cable during allow children to climb onto it. moisture.
lightning storms.

Do not place any objects on the TV. Do not operate the TV if any liquid Install the TV on a stable TV stand
The apparatus shall not be or solid object falls into it. Have it and floor which can support the
exposed to dripping or splashing checked immediately by qualified TV set weight. Ensure that the TV
and that no objects filled with personnel only. stand surface is flat and its area is
liquids, such as vases, shall be larger than the bottom area of the
placed on the apparatus. TV.

Do not block the ventilation Your TV is recommended for Do not plug in too many
openings of the TV. Do not install home use only. Do not use the TV appliances to the same power
the TV in a confined space, such in any vehicle or where it may be socket. Do not damage the power
as a bookcase or built-in cabinet. subject to excessive dust, heat, cord.
moisture or vibrations.

Do not open the cabinet and the Clean the TV with a dry and soft Pull the power cord out by the
rear cover of the TV as high cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, plug. Do not pull the power cord
voltages and other hazards are or any other chemicals to clean the itself. Even if your TV is turned
present inside the TV. Refer TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., off, it is still connected to the AC
servicing and disposal of the TV adhesive tape, cellophane tape, power source (mains) as long as
to qualified personnel. glue) on the painted cabinet of the the power cord is plugged in.
TV. Do not scratch the picture Unplug the TV before moving it
tube. or if you are not going to use it for
several days.

01GB02WAR-SOEMME.p65 2 5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Table of Contents

Installation Menu Adjustment


Securing the TV .................................... 4 Introducing the WEGA GATE
Getting Started ..................................... 5 navigator ............................................. 12
Setting up your TV “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 13
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 14
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 15
Overview of Controls Changing the “Channel Setup”
TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 setting .................................................. 16
Using the remote control and Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 18
basic functions ...................................... 9
GB
Additional Information
Advanced Operations Connecting optional components ... 19
Selecting the picture and sound Troubleshooting ................................. 21
modes .................................................. 11 Specifications ...................... Back cover

01GB03TOC-SOEMME.p65 3 5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Installation

x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to


the provided holders at the rear of your
TV.
(2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain
to a wall or pillar using an attachment
which can support the TV set weight.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4 Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65 4 5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation
Step 2

Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8


(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 19).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4

Set up the TV by following the instructions of the


“Initial Setup” menu (see page 6).

Select Confirm End

Installation 5

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65 5 5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or edit
the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or
TV front panel.

1 Press V or v to select the desired menu


language, then press .
The selected menu language appears.
Select Confirm End

2 Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.
Select Confirm End

After all available channels have been tuned


Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” TV System: B/G
VHF Low
menu appears automatically on the screen.

To skip automatic channel presetting, select End

“No”, then press .

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press .

3 The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables


you to sort and edit the channels.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current Program Sorting/Edit
PROG Label Skip
condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. 01 Off
02 Off
b) Press V or v to select the program 03 Off
04 Off
number with the channel you wish to Sorting: Edit:

change. The selected channel will appear Select Confirm Exit

on the screen. Program Sorting/Edit


PROG Label Skip
c) If you wish to store the channels in a 01 Off
02 Off
different order: 03 01 Off
04 Off
1) Press b to enter sorting mode. Sorting mode
Select Confirm Exit
2) Press V or v to select the new program
number position for your selected channel,
then press B.

6 Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65 6 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
d) If you wish to edit the channels, press
to change to edit mode.
Press b until the mode that you wish to edit
is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol).
Then press .
1) To label, press V or v to select the
alphanumeric characters for the label.
Select Confirm Exit
Then press .

Installation
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to
select “On”. Then press .
You can skip this program number when
using PROG +/-.
Select Confirm Exit
3) To block unwanted program number,
press V or v to select . Then press .

e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other


channels. Select Confirm Exit

Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4 Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top


and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press .
Select Confirm End

“Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5 If the upper and lower bars are not


equally positioned to the top and
bottom of the screen, press V or v to
adjust them, then press . Select Confirm End

If no adjustment is necessary, then press .

6 To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from


appearing again when you turn on the TV
by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”,
then press .
Select Confirm
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press .

Tip
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation 7

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65 7 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels


TV rear panel qa

R L Y CB CR

1 3

qf
qd qs
TV front panel
0 9 87 65 4 3 2 1
WEGA GATE

L(MONO) R
2 SOUND MODE PROG

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 5
2 1 Standby indicator. 5
2 Wake Up indicator. 10
3 Remote control sensor. –
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
6 t Select TV or video input. 19
WEGA GATE menu operations
4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items. 12
6 Confirm selected items. 12
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu. 12
8 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 11
Equalizer display.
9 t2 Video input terminal 2. 19
0 i Headphone jack. –
qa Component video input terminal. 20
qs T Monitor output terminal. 19
qd t1, t3 Video input terminal 1, 3. 19
qf 8 Antenna input terminal. 19

8 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65 8 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions
0

qa 1
qs

Overview of Controls
A/B

2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qg 4
5
qh

qj 6
WEGA
RETURN GATE

qk 7
ql 8
w; 9
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
9 Select surround mode options. 15
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 19
qf 0 – 9 Input numbers. –
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 11
Graphic Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 11

continue

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65 9 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
continued

Button Description Page


WEGA GATE menu operations
6 Confirm selected items. 13
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items.
qk RETURN Return to the previous level
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
(Wake up timer) desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
The indicator on TV lights up amber once
you set the wake up timer.
If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than
one hour after the TV is turned on using the
wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into
standby mode.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
(Sleep timer) desired period of time (max. of one hour and
30 min.).
Teletext operations (green label)
, , , , Not function for your TV. –
, , , ,
(red, green,
yellow, blue)
PIP operations
, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. –
Stereo/bilingual operations
qs A/B Not function for your TV. –

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65 10 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B
Press to select the desired picture mode.

1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6 “Vivid” contrast and sharp pictures.
7 8 9
“Standard” normal pictures.
0
PROG
“Custom” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 14).

WEGA
RETURN GATE

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Standard” Standard sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom” Custom the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 15).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations 11

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65 11 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE


navigator
WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you to access to preset TV channels,
connected external inputs and “Settings” menu for TV adjustment.
WEGA GATE TV
TV
01
External Inputs
“TV” 02
Settings watch the preset TV
03
04 channels (see page 6)
05
Select Confirm
Select Confirm
End

External Inputs
1 Video 1

“External Inputs” 2 Video 2 select the inputs for the


3 Video 3 connected equipment
DVD (see page 19)
Select Confirm
End

Picture
Picture Mode: Vivid
Picture Adjustment change the settings
“Settings” Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On
of your TV (see page 18)

Select Confirm End

How to use WEGA GATE


WEGA GATE TV
TV 01
External Inputs 02
Settings 03
04
05
Select Confirm
Select Confirm End

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel (3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
the WEGA GATE menu.
TV WEGA GATE
01 TV
02 External Inputs
03 Settings
04
05
Select Confirm
End Select Confirm

(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection (4) Press RETURN to move to the previous
or go to the next level. level.

Tip
• The WEGA GATE, and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the
operations above.

12 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65 12 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x “Settings” Adjustment
You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in
WEGA GATE menu.
Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select
“Settings” and press .
The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.

Picture ”Picture” (see page 14)


Picture Mode: Vivid
Picture Adjustment “Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom”
Color Temperature: Cool “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”,
Intelligent Picture: On
“Sharpness”, “Reset”
“Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm”
Select Confirm End
“Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

Sound
Sound Mode: Dynamic
”Sound” (see page 15)
Sound Adjustment “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Standard” “Custom”
Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
“Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset”
Surround: Off “Balance”
Select Confirm End
“Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Off”
“Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

Channel Setup ”Channel Setup” (see page 16)


Auto Program
Manual Program
“Auto Program”
Program Sorting/Edit “Manual Program”
“Program”: “00” - “99”
“TV System”: “B/G” “I” “D/K” “M”
Select Confirm End
“VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF”
“Fine”: “Auto” “Manual”
“Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off”
“Program Sorting/Edit”

Setup ”Setup” (see page 18)


Language: English
Picture Position “Language”: “English” “ ” (Arabic)
Video Label
“Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position”
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label”
“Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58”
Select Confirm End
“NTSC4.43”
“Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment 13

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65 13 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Picture Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Vivid

Color Temperature: Cool


Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Picture Mode” choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or
“Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65 14 5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Sound Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Sound Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs
automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like


monaural sound) or “Off”.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press .


Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front panel
(see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65 15 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels and sort or edit the channels.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.


Channel Setup
2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”
icon ( ), then press .
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Sorting/Edit

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in
page 17).
“Program Sorting/Edit” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen,
label the program number, skip the program number and block
unwanted programs.
(see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).

Notes
• If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked
automatically.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65 16 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: B/G
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Signal Booster: Auto

to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65 17 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your
TV to factory settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon (


then press .
), Setup
Language:
Picture Position
English

Video Label
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Arabic),
then press .

“Picture Position” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”,
then press .
Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .

“Video Label” label the connected equipment.


(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: “Video 1”/“Video 2”/“Video 3”/ “DVD”,
“VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label to your favorite name.
Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label,
then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”,
“NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to
“Auto”.
“Factory Settings” reset your TV to factory settings.
Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press .
To cancel, select “No”, then press

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65 18 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Additional Information

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )

TV front panel

Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
L(MONO) R
2
Camcorder

TV rear panel

R L Y CB CR Antenna cable
(not supplied)
1 3

VCR
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
DVD player

Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 17).

Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
R L Y CB CR

1 3
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)

VCR

continue

Additional Information 19

01GB07ADJ-SOEMME.p65 19 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
continued

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

Component
video cable
R L Y CB CR
(not supplied)
1 3 DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/
PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y.
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

20 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-SOEMME.p65 20 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory
Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem
persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function
Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu.
From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press .
Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will
appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be
solved.
Symptom Solutions
Snowy picture, • Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall
noisy sound (see page 19).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset
the channel again (see page 17).
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto”
from “Manual Program” (see page 17).
• Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
noisy sound
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off”
from “Manual Program”(see page 17).
Good picture, • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate
noisy sound “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 17).

No picture, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 19).
no sound • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9).
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds,
then turn it on again (see page 8).

Good picture, • Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9).
no sound • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).
Dotted lines or • Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV.
stripes
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or • Use a highly directional antenna.
“ghosts”
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 17).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
No color • Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then
adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 14).
• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting
(usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 18).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

continue

Additional Information 21

01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65 21 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
continued

Symptom Solutions
Picture slant • Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV.
• Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture
Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV
screen (see page 18).
Abnormal color • Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not
patches move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV
to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to
demagnetize the TV.
The 1 (standby) • Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes.
indicator on your Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony
TV flashes red service center.
several times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not
sometimes goes
blank for indicate a malfunction.
slightly longer
than usual
during channel
change.

TV cabinet creaks. • Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or
contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.

A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a
sound is heard malfunction.
when the TV is
turned on.

22 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65 22 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Specifications
KV-SW342M80 KV-SW292M80 KV-SW252M80 Note
KV-SW342M50 KV-SW292M50 KV-SW252M50
Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 /
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 /
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 /
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 /
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 6W+6W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 3 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 4 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 34 in. 29 in. 25 in.
Tube size (cm) 86 72 64 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 80 68 60 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 895 × 678 × 578 780 × 583 × 523 696 × 517 × 522
Mass (kg) 75 47 36

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Corporation
Additional Information 23

01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65 23 5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
2-645-536-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.

使用說明書 CT
• 使用本電視機之前請先詳細閱讀此手冊﹐並妥善保存以備日後用作參考。

KV-SW342
KV-SW292
KV-SW252 M61
© 2005 Sony Corporation
M50

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch For children’s safety, do not leave To prevent fire or shock hazard, do
any part of the TV, the power cord children alone with the TV. Do not not expose the TV to rain or
and the antenna cable during allow children to climb onto it. moisture.
lightning storms.

Do not place any objects on the TV. Do not operate the TV if any liquid Install the TV on a stable TV stand
The apparatus shall not be or solid object falls into it. Have it and floor which can support the
exposed to dripping or splashing checked immediately by qualified TV set weight. Ensure that the TV
and that no objects filled with personnel only. stand surface is flat and its area is
liquids, such as vases, shall be larger than the bottom area of the
placed on the apparatus. TV.

Do not block the ventilation Your TV is recommended for Do not plug in too many
openings of the TV. Do not install home use only. Do not use the TV appliances to the same power
the TV in a confined space, such in any vehicle or where it may be socket. Do not damage the power
as a bookcase or built-in cabinet. subject to excessive dust, heat, cord.
moisture or vibrations.

Do not open the cabinet and the Clean the TV with a dry and soft Pull the power cord out by the
rear cover of the TV as high cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, plug. Do not pull the power cord
voltages and other hazards are or any other chemicals to clean the itself. Even if your TV is turned
present inside the TV. Refer TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., off, it is still connected to the AC
servicing and disposal of the TV adhesive tape, cellophane tape, power source (mains) as long as
to qualified personnel. glue) on the painted cabinet of the the power cord is plugged in.
TV. Do not scratch the picture Unplug the TV before moving it
tube. or if you are not going to use it for
several days.

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Table of Contents

Installation Menu Adjustment


Securing the TV .................................... 4 Introducing the WEGA GATE
Getting Started ..................................... 5 navigator ............................................. 15
Setting up your TV “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 16
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 17
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 18
Overview of Controls Changing the “Channel Setup”
TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 setting .................................................. 19
Using the remote control and Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 21
basic functions ...................................... 9
GB
Additional Information
Advanced Operations Connecting optional components ... 22
Selecting the picture and sound Troubleshooting ................................. 24
modes .................................................. 11 Specifications ...................... Back cover
Listening to the FM Radio
(KV-SW342M61/
SW292M61/SW252M61 only) .......... 12
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs (KV-SW342M61/
SW292M61/SW252M61 only) .......... 13
Viewing Teletext
(KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/
SW252M61 only) ................................ 14

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Installation

x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to


the provided holders at the rear of your
TV.
(2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain
to a wall or pillar using an attachment
which can support the TV set weight.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4 Installation

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Getting Started
Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation
Step 2

Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8


(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tips
• Your TV can receive both TV and FM radio signal from the
appropriate connections through the 8 (antenna input)
terminal (KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only)
(see page 22).
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 22).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
b

turn it on.
Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4

Set up the TV by following the instructions of the


“Initial Setup” menu (see page 6).

Select Confirm End

Installation 5

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will
appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels
automatically, sort or edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the
buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.

1 Press V or v to select the desired menu


language, then press .
The selected menu language appears.
Select Confirm End

2 Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.
Select Confirm End

After all available channels have been tuned


and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit”
Program: 01
menu appears automatically on the screen. TV System: Auto
VHF Low

To skip automatic channel presetting, select


“No”, then press . End

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press .

3 The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables


you to sort and edit the channels.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current Program Sorting/Edit
PROG Label Skip
condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. 01 Off
02 Off
b) Press V or v to select the program 03 Off
04 Off
number with the channel you wish to Sorting: Edit:
change. The selected channel will appear Select Confirm Exit

on the screen.
c) If you wish to store the channels in a Program Sorting/Edit
PROG Label Skip
different order: 01 Off
02 Off
1) Press b to enter sorting mode. 03 01 Off
04 Off
2) Press V or v to select the new program Sorting mode
Select Confirm Exit
number position for your selected channel,
then press B.

6 Installation

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


d) If you wish to edit the channels, press
to change to edit mode.
Press b until the mode that you wish to edit
is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol).
Then press .
1) To label, press V or v to select the
Select Confirm Exit
alphanumeric characters for the label.
Then press .
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to

Installation
select “On”. Then press .
You can skip this program number when
Select Confirm Exit
using PROG +/-.
3) To block unwanted program number,
press V or v to select . Then press .

e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other


Select Confirm Exit
channels.
Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4 Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top


and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press .
Select Confirm End

“Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5 If the upper and lower bars are not


equally positioned to the top and
bottom of the screen, press V or v to
adjust them, then press . Select Confirm End

If no adjustment is necessary, then press .

6 To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from


appearing again when you turn on the TV
by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”,
then press .
To allow this menu to appear again, select Select Confirm
“Yes”, then press .

Tip
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation 7

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels


TV rear panel qa

R L Y CB CR

1 3

L(MONO)
2
R
FM
WEGA GATE

PROG
qf
qd qs
TV front panel
0 9 87 65 4 3 2 1
WEGA GATE

L(MONO) R
FM
2 PROG

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 5
2 1 Standby indicator. 5
2 Wake Up indicator. 10
3 Remote control sensor. –
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
6 t Select TV or video input. 22
WEGA GATE menu operations
4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items. 15
6 Confirm selected items. 15
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu. 15
8 FM Listen to FM Radio. 12
(KV-SW342M61/
SW292M61/
SW252M61 only)
SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 11
(KV-SW292M50/ Equalizer display.
SW252M50 only)
9 t2 Video input terminal 2. 22
0 i Headphone jack. –
qa Component video input terminal. 23
qs T Monitor output terminal. 23
qd t1, t3 Video input terminal 1, 3. 22
qf 8 Antenna input terminal. 22
The button will be labeled as SOUND MODE for KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only.
8 Overview of Controls

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic
functions
0

qa 1

Overview of copntrols
qs A/B

2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qg 4
5
qh

qj 6
WEGA
RETURN GATE

qk 7
ql 8
w; 9
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
9 Select surround mode options. 18
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 22
qf 0 – 9 Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and –
above, enter the second digit within two seconds.
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 11
Graphic Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 11

continue

Overview of Controls 9

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


continued

Button Description Page


WEGA GATE menu operations
6 Confirm selected items. 15
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items.
qk RETURN Return to the previous level
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
(Wake up timer) desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
The indicator on TV lights up amber once
you set the wake up timer.
If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than
one hour after the TV is turned on using the
wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into
standby mode.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
(Sleep timer) desired period of time (max. of one hour and
30 min.).
Teletext operations (green label)
(KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only)
, , , , All buttons are used for Teletext operations. 14
, , , ,
(red, green,
yellow, blue)
PIP operations
, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. –
Stereo/bilingual operations
qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode. 13

10 Overview of Controls

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B
Press to select the desired picture mode.

1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6 “Vivid” contrast and sharp pictures.
7 8 9
“Standard” normal pictures.
0
PROG
“Custom” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 17).

WEGA
RETURN GATE

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the front panel (KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only))
to select the desired sound mode. 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear.

Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Standard” Standard sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom” Custom the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations 11

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Listening to the FM Radio
B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only
You are able to listen to the FM radio stations using your TV.
To access to FM Radio mode:
Press WEGA GATE button and select “FM Radio” (see page 15).
or
Press FM button on the front panel (see page 8).
To exit from FM Radio mode:
Press WEGA GATE button, select the desired items: “TV” or “External Inputs”,
then press . Select the desired TV channel or external inputs and press .
or
Press FM button on the front panel.

Listening to preset stations

A/B
A/B

1 2 3
1 Access to FM Radio mode.

4 5 6 2 Press WEGA GATE button and select “Settings”.


Preset the desired FM radio stations in “FM Radio
7 8 9
0
Setup” from “Channel Setup” menu (see page 19).
PROG

PROG
+/–
3 Exit from “Channel Setup” menu by pressing WEGA
GATE button. The selected preset FM radio station
number and label will appear on the screen.
V, v, To select the desired preset FM radio station, press
B, b RETURN
WEGA
GATE
PROG +/–.
Tip
WEGA • You can also use the 1-9 buttons on the remote control to
GATE TV
directly select the desired preset FM radio station.

Listening to non-preset stations

1 Access to FM Radio mode.

2 Press V or v to search for the desired FM radio station. The preset number and
label will not be displayed.

3 If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency
manually.
Notes
• You can only operate V, v, B and b functions using the remote control buttons in FM
Radio mode.
• The available radio frequency is only for temporary listening pleasure and cannot be stored in
the memory.
• If the message “Please setup FM Radio” appears, display the “Channel Setup” menu and
select “FM Radio Setup” to preset the desired FM radio stations (see page 19).

Note
• When a FM stereo program has static noise, press A/B until “Mono” appears. There will be no
stereo effect, but the noise will be reduced.
12 Advanced Operations

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs
B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo
systems by using the A/B button.

When receiving a NICAM program


Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A/B NICAM NICAM t Mono
A/B stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)

t
1 2 3
4 5 6 NICAM NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono
7 8 9 bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound) (Regular sound)

t
0
PROG
NICAM NICAM Main t Mono
monaural (Main sound) (Regular sound)
t

When receiving an A2 program


RETURN
WEGA
GATE
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Stereo t Mono
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
t

TV

A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t

Note
• If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound
becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.

Advanced Operations 13

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Viewing Teletext
B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only
Some TV stations broadcast an information service called Teletext which allows
you to receive various information, such as stock market reports and news.
You can use the buttons on the remote to view Teletext.

To Do this
display a Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
A/B
page on the screen changes as follows:
3
TV picture Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV.
1 2
If there is no Teletext broadcast, “100” is
4 5 6
displayed at the top left corner of the
7 8 9 screen.
0
, PROG
check the contents Press .
of a Teletext service An overview of the Teletext contents,
including page numbers, appears on the
screen.
select a Teletext page Press the number buttons to enter the
WEGA
RETURN
WEGA
GATE
GATE
three-digit page number of the desired
Teletext page. If you make a mistake,
(red, reenter the correct page number. To
green,
TV access the next or previous page, press
yellow,
blue) or .
hold (pause) a Press to display the symbol “ ” at
Teletext display the top left corner of the screen. To
resume normal Teletext viewing, press
.
reveal concealed Press .
information (e.g., To conceal the information, press the
an answer to a quiz) button again.
enlarge the Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
display Teletext display changes as follows:
Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower
half t Normal size.
stand by for a Teletext (1) Enter the Teletext page number that
page while watching you want to refer to, then press .
a TV program (2) When the page number is displayed,
press to show the text.
select a FASTEXT Press (red, green, yellow and blue)
menu or the colored that corresponds to the desired menu or
boxes page number.
turn off Teletext Press a.

Note
• The FASTEXT feature can be used only when the FASTEXT broadcast is available.
14 Advanced Operations

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE


navigator
WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you access to preset TV channels,
connected external inputs, FM Radio mode and “Settings” menu.
WEGA GATE TV
TV 01
External Inputs “TV” 02
watch the preset TV
FM Radio 03
Settings 04
channels (see page 6)
05
Select Confirm Select Confirm
End

External Inputs
1 Video 1

“External Inputs” 2 Video 2 select the inputs for the


3 Video 3
connected equipment
DVD
(see page 22)
Select Confirm
End

FM Radio

listen to the FM Radio


“FM Radio” Preset 1:
(KV-SW342M61/
---.--
Please setup FM Radio
SW292M61/SW252M61
Select Preset 1-9 —PROG+
only) (see page 12)
Search Fine Exit

Picture
Picture Mode: Vivid
Picture Adjustment change the settings
“Settings” Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On of your TV
(see page 16)
Select Confirm End

How to use WEGA GATE


WEGA GATE TV
TV 01
External Inputs 02
FM Radio 03
Settings 04
05
Select Confirm
Select Confirm End

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel (3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
the WEGA GATE menu.
TV WEGA GATE
01 TV
02 External Inputs
03 FM Radio
04 Settings
05
Select Confirm
End Select Confirm

(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection (4) Press RETURN to move to the previous
or go to the next level. level.
Tip
• The WEGA GATE, and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the operations
above.
Menu Adjustment 15

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x “Settings” Adjustment
You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE
menu.
Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select
“Settings” and press .
The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.

Picture “Picture” (see page 17)


Picture Mode: Vivid
Picture Adjustment
“Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom”
Color Temperature: Cool “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”,
Intelligent Picture: On
“Sharpness”, “Reset”
“Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm”
Select Confirm End
“Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

Sound “Sound” (see page 18)


Sound Mode: Dynamic
Sound Adjustment “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Standard” “Custom”
Balance “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset”
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off “Balance”
“Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Off”
Select Confirm End
“Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

Channel Setup “Channel Setup” (see page 19)


Auto Program
Manual Program “Auto Program”
Program Sorting/Edit “Manual Program”
FM Radio Setup
“Program”: “00” - “99”
“TV System”: “B/G” “I” “D/K” “M”
Select Confirm End
“VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF”
“Fine”: “Auto” “Manual”
“Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off”
“Program Sorting/Edit”
“FM Radio Setup” (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/
SW252M61 only)

Setup “Setup” (see page 21)


Language: English
Picture Position “Language”: “English” “ ” (Chinese)
Video Label
“Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position”
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label”
“Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58”
Select Confirm End
“NTSC4.43”
“Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

16 Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Picture Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Vivid

Color Temperature: Cool


Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Picture Mode” choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or
“Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

Menu Adjustment 17

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Sound Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Sound Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs
automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like


monaural sound) or “Off”.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press .


Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly by using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front
panel (KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only) (see page 8) or button on the remote control (see
page 11).
18 Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, sort or edit the channels and preset FM radio stations.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Sorting/Edit
FM Radio Setup

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .
Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in
page 20).
“Program Sorting/Edit” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen,
label the program number, skip the program number and block
unwanted programs.
(see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).
“FM Radio Setup”* preset up to nine FM radio stations.
(KV-SW342M61/ You can manually preset each FM radio station that can be
SW292M61 received in your area and then store the radio frequency of the
SW252M61 only) desired FM radio stations.
(1) Press V or v to select the desired FM radio station position,
then press .
(2) Press V or v to search the FM radio stations.
Searching stops automatically when a station is tuned in.
If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the
radio frequency manually, then press to store the FM
radio station.
(3) You may edit the FM radio station label. Press V or v to
select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
(4) Repeat steps (1) through (3) to preset other FM radio stations.
* The “FM Radio Setup” feature is only available in FM Radio
mode. To enable this feature, access to FM Radio mode by using
WEGA GATE system (see page 15) or pressing the FM button
on the front panel (see page 8), then preset your desired FM
radio stations according to the steps mentioned above.

Notes
• If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked
automatically.
continue
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
Menu Adjustment 19

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


continued

Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . TV System:
VHF Low
B/G

Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Signal Booster: Auto

to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

20 Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your
TV to factory settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon (


then press .
), Setup
Language:
Picture Position
English

Video Label
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Chinese),
then press .

“Picture Position” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”,
then press .
Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .

“Video Label” label the connected equipment.


(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”,
“VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label to your favorite name.
Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label,
then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”,
“NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to
“Auto”.
“Factory Settings” reset your TV to factory settings.
Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press .
To cancel, select “No”, then press

Note
• Color system is not selectable in FM Radio mode.

Menu Adjustment 21

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Additional Information

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
TV front panel
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)

L(MONO) R
2
Camcorder

TV rear panel Antenna cable


(not supplied) TV, CATV, Satellite
or
When there is no
FM signal

R L Y CB CR Antenna
selector
1 3
FM signal

TV signal

Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)

VCR

Antenna cable
(not supplied)
DVD player

Notes
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 20).
• FM signal can only be received by model with FM Radio.

22 Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
R L Y CB CR

1 3
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

Component
video cable
R L Y CB CR
(not supplied)
1 3 DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/
PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y.
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information 23

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory
Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem
persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function
Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu.
From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press .
Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will
appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be
solved.

Symptom Solutions
Snowy picture, • Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall
noisy sound (see page 22).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset
the channel again (see page 20).
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto”
from “Manual Program” (see page 20).
• Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
noisy sound
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off”
from “Manual Program”(see page 20).
Good picture, • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate
noisy sound “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 20).

No picture, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 22).
no sound • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9).
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds,
then turn it on again (see page 8).

Good picture, • Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9).
no sound • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).
Dotted lines or • Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV.
stripes
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or • Use a highly directional antenna.
“ghosts”
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 20).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
No color • Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then
adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 17).
• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting
(usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 21).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

24 Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Symptom Solutions
Picture slant • Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV.
• Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture
Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV
screen (see page 21).
Abnormal color • Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not
patches move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV
to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to
demagnetize the TV.
TV cannot receive • Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall
stereo broadcast (see page 22).
sound
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
or
Stereo broadcast
sound switches
on and off or is
distorted
(KV-SW342M61/
SW292M61/
SW252M61 only).
Teletext display is • Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall
incomplete (see page 22).
(snowy picture or
double images)
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
(KV-SW342M61/ • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto”
SW292M61/ from “Manual Program” (see page 20).
SW252M61 only).
• Try using an external booster.
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 20).
TV cannot receive • Connect a separate FM antenna and the TV channel source through an
FM radio station antenna selector (switch) to your TV (see page 22).
(KV-SW342M61/
SW292M61/
SW252M61 only).
The 1 (standby) • Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes.
indicator on your Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony
TV flashes red service center.
several times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not
sometimes goes indicate a malfunction.
blank for
slightly longer
than usual
during channel
change.
TV cabinet creaks. • Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or
contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a
sound is heard malfunction.
when the TV is
turned on.

Additional Information 25

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


警告
• 本電視機內存在危險性高電壓。
• 本電視機僅可在 110-240 伏特交流電壓下操作。
• 若未完成所有連接程序﹐請勿插入電源線﹔否則極少量的電流可能經天線或其它端子
外泄。
• 若打算近期內不使用遙控器﹐請將電池取出﹐以避免電池泄漏而損壞遙控器。若您不
小心觸及電池所泄漏的液體﹐應立即用水洗淨。

為了個人安全起見﹐雷雨期間﹐ 為了兒童安全起見﹐請勿讓他們 為防止火災或觸電﹐請勿使本電


請勿觸摸電視機的任何部份﹐包 獨自逗留在電視機旁。千萬別讓 視機被雨淋或受潮。
括電源線和天線電纜。 兒童攀爬本電視機。

請勿放置任何物體於電視機上。 若有任何液體流入或固體落入本 放置電視機於穩定的、並足以支


請勿使任何液體滴濕或噴濕本電 電視機內時﹐請勿操作本電視 撐電視機重量的電視支架及地面
視機。請勿放置任何裝有液體的 機。應立即請合格的專業人員檢 上。確保電視支架的表面平整且
物體(如花瓶)於電視機上。 查。 表面積寬於電視機底面。

請勿堵塞本電視機的通風口。 本電視機只適於家庭使用。請勿 請勿在同一電源插座上插入太多


請勿將本電視機放置於諸如書架 將本電視機放置於任何交通工具 的電器。請勿損壞電源線。
或嵌入式壁櫥等封閉之處。 內或多塵、高溫、潮濕或震動頻
繁之處。

請勿打開本電視機的機殼和後蓋﹐ 請用乾的軟布清潔本電視機。請 捏住插頭將電源線拔開。請勿直


因為電視機內存在高電壓和危險性 勿使用汽油、稀釋劑或任何其它 接拉拔電源線。即使電視機已斷
部件。須由合格的專業人員對電視 化學品清潔本電視機。請勿在電 開電源﹐但只要電源線還在插座
機進行檢修或棄置。 視機殼噴塗表面貼附任何物體 內﹐它仍接通至交流電源。若想
(例如﹐貼紙﹐透明玻璃膠紙﹐ 移動本電視機或打算近期內不使
膠合劑等)。請勿刮劃顯像管。 用本電視機時﹐請將電源線拔
開。

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


目錄

設置您的電視機 調整您的設定(MENU)
固定電視機 ..................... 4 介紹 WEGA GATE 指示系統 ..... 15
準備工作 ....................... 5 “设定”調整 .................. 16
設定您的電視機 調整“图像设定” .............. 17
(“初始化设定”) ............. 6 調整“声音设定” .............. 18
調整“频道设定” .............. 19
控制鍵總概況 調整“设定”菜單 .............. 21
電視機前面和背後的控制板 ....... 8
使用遙控器和基本功能 ........... 9 附加信息
連接選購的裝置 ................ 22
高級操作 故障檢修 ...................... 24
規格 ........................ 封底
選擇圖像和聲音模式 ............ 11
收聽調頻收音 CT
(僅於 KV-SW342M61
/SW292M61/SW252M61) ...... 12
欣賞立體聲或雙語言節目
(僅於 KV-SW342M61
/SW292M61/SW252M61) ...... 13
收看圖文電視
(僅於 KV-SW342M61
/SW292M61/SW252M61) ...... 14

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


設置您的電視機

x 固定電視機
為防止電視機摔落﹐請使用所提供的螺絲、夾子和帶條以固定電視機。

20 毫米
3.8 毫米
螺絲 夾子 帶條

將帶條分別固定至電視機背後提供的螺絲孔
及電視支架上。

(1) 將一根繩索或鏈條穿過夾子。
(2) 將其中一個夾子固定至牆上或柱子上﹐
而另一個夾子則固定至電視機背後提供
的螺絲孔上。

(1) 將繩索或鏈條的未端分別穿過電視機背
後提供的柄上。
(2) 用可支撐電視機重量的連接物將繩索或
鏈條固定至牆上或柱子上。


• 請僅使用提供的螺絲。使用其它螺絲可能會損壞本電視機。

4 設置您的電視機

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 準備工作
1 步驟 1
將所提供的電池裝入遙控器。

b

• 請勿使用舊電池或同時使用不同類型的電池。

設置您的電視機
1

步驟 2
將天線電纜(未提供)連接至電視機背後的 8(天線輸
入)端子。
1
提示
• 通過 8(天線輸入)端子正確的連接﹐您的電視機可接收電
視及調頻收音的信號(僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/
SW252M61)(參考第 22 頁)。
• 您也可將本電視機連接至其它選購的裝置(參考第 22 頁)。

1 步驟 3
插入電源線﹐然後按壓電視機上的 ! 鍵以接通電視機的
電源。
b


• 打開電視機時 1(待機)指示燈將閃爍為綠燈數秒鐘。這並不
表示發生故障。

步驟 4
按照“Initial Setup”(“初始化设定”)菜單的指示以
設定您的電視機(參考第 6 頁)。

Select Confirm End

設置您的電視機 5

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 設定您的電視機(“初始化设定”)
當您第一次打開電視機時﹐“Initial Setup”(“初始化设定”)菜單將會顯示在
屏幕上。您可用遙控器或電視機前面控制板上的按鍵以改變菜單語言﹐自動預設
電視頻道﹐排序或編輯頻道和調整圖像位置。

1 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的菜單語言﹐
然後按壓 鍵。
被選擇的菜單語言將顯示在屏幕上。

2 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“是”﹐然後
按壓 鍵以自動預設頻道。

屏幕將顯示自動預設頻道正在進行中。

當所有可接收的頻道已被調諧和儲存後﹐
01
“频道排序/编辑”菜單將會自動顯示在
屏幕上。

若要略掉自動預設頻道﹐選擇“否”﹐
然後按壓 鍵。

如果出現“无信号。请连接有线信号线或天线”
的訊息﹐請檢查您的電視連接﹐然後按壓 鍵。

3 “频道排序/编辑”菜單可以讓您排序或
編輯頻道。

a) 若您要保留當前頻道的狀態﹐按壓
PROG
WEGA GATE 鍵以退出。 01
02
03
b) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇您要改變的頻道號碼。 04

被選定的頻道將會顯示在屏幕上。

c) 若您要改變頻道的順序:

1) 按壓 b 鍵以進入排序模式。
PROG
01
2) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇新的頻道位置﹐ 02
然後按壓 B 鍵。 03 01
04

6 設置您的電視機

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


d) 若您要編輯頻道﹐按壓 鍵以改換成編輯
模式。
按壓 b 鍵直到您要編輯的模式被選中:
PROG
標註、跳越頻道、 (鎖定符號)。
然後按壓 鍵。
1) 若要標註﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英文、
數字、字符進行標註。然後按壓 鍵。
PROG
2) 若要跳越頻道號碼﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵
以選擇“开”。然後按壓 鍵。
當您在使用 PROG +/– 鍵時﹐您可跳越
此頻道號碼。
3) 若要鎖定不要的頻道號碼﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵 PROG
以選擇 。然後按壓 鍵。
e) 若您要改變其他頻道﹐請重復 b) 至 d) 的步驟。

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以進入下個菜單。

4 若菜單頂部和底部的線條傾斜﹐按壓 B 或 b
鍵以作出調整﹐然後按壓 鍵。
“图像垂直位置调节”菜單出現。

5 若上下線條距離屏幕頂部和底部的位置不相等﹐
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以作出調整﹐然後按壓 鍵。

若不需作出調整﹐則按壓 鍵。

6 若要防止“初始化设定”菜單在按壓 ! 鍵打開
電視機時再次顯示在屏幕上﹐則按壓 V 或 v
鍵以選擇“否”﹐然後按壓 鍵。

若要這菜單再次顯示在屏幕上﹐選擇“是”﹐
然後按壓 鍵。

提示
• 您可按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以進入“初始化设定”菜單最後的設定項目。

控制鍵總概況
設置您的電視機 7

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


控制鍵總概況

x 電視機前面和背後的控制板
電視機背後的控制板 qa

R L Y CB CR

1 3

L(MONO)
2
R
FM
WEGA GATE

PROG
qf
qd qs

電視機前面的控制板
0 9 87 65 4 3 2 1
WEGA GATE

L(MONO) R
2 FM PROG

按鍵/端子 功能 頁面
1 ! 打開或關閉電視機。 5
2 1 待機指示燈。 5
2 喚醒指示燈。 10
3 遙控傳感器。 –
4 PROG +/– 選擇頻道號碼。 –
5 2 +/– 調整音量。 –
6 t 選擇電視或視頻輸入。 22
WEGA GATE 菜單操作
4, 5 V,v,B,b 選擇和調整項目。 15
6 確認被選項目。 15
7 WEGA GATE 顯示或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。 15
8 FM 收聽調頻收音。 12
(僅於 KV-SW342M61/
SW292M61/
SW252M61)
SOUND MODE 以“5-Band Graphic Equalizer”顯示選擇聲音模式選項。 11
(僅於 KV-SW292M50/
SW252M50)
9 t2 視頻輸入端子 2。 22
0 i 耳機插口。 –
qa DVD 分量信號輸入端子。 23
qs T 監視器輸出端子。 23
qd t1, t3 視頻輸入端子 1, 3。 22
qf 8 天線輸入端子。 22
此按鍵將被標註為 SOUND MODE 且僅限於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50。

8 控制鍵總概況

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 使用遙控器和基本功能
0

qa 1
qs A/B

2
qd
1 2 3
4 6

控制鍵總概況
5
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qg 4
5
qh

qj 6
WEGA
RETURN GATE

qk 7
ql 8
w; 9
TV

按鍵 說明 頁面
1 ?/1 打開或關閉電視機。 –
2 a 顯示電視節目。 –
3 跳回到之前收看至少五秒的頻道號碼。 –
4 PROG +/– 選擇頻道號碼。 –
5 2 +/– 調整音量。 –
8 改變圖像尺寸: –
“开”(16:9 寬熒幕模式)﹐“关”。
9 選擇環繞聲模式。 18
0 顯示屏幕上的信息。 –
qa 消除聲音。 –
qd t 選擇電視或視頻輸入。 22
qf 0 - 9 輸入數字鍵。對於頻道號碼 10 和以上﹐請在兩秒內輸入 –
第二位數字。
ql 以 “5-Band Graphic Equalizer” 顯示選擇聲音模式選項。 11
w; 選擇圖像模式選項。 11


控制鍵總概況 9

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


按鍵 說明 頁面
WEGA GATE 菜單操作
6 確認被選項目。 15
7 WEGA GATE 顯示或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。
qj V, v, B, b 選擇和調整項目。
qk RETURN 回到之前的階段。
定時器操作
qg 依照您所要的時間設定電視以自動打開(最多12 小 –
(喚醒定時器) 時)。

一旦你已設定喚醒定時﹐電視機上的 指示燈將亮
起黃褐色。
用喚醒定時接通電視機電源並超過一小時後﹐若您不
按壓電視機或遙控器上的任何一個按鍵或控制鍵﹐則
電視機再進入待機狀態。
qh 依照您所要的時間設定電視以自動關閉(最多 1 小時 –
(睡眠定時器) 30 分鐘)。
圖文電視操作(綠色標記)
(僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61)
, , , , 所有按鍵用於圖文電視操作。 14
, , , ,
(紅色﹐綠色﹐
黃色﹐藍色)
畫中畫操作
, , V, v, B, b 本電視機無此操作。 –
立體聲或雙語言操作
qs A/B 選擇立體聲或雙語言模式。 13

10 控制鍵總概況

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


高級操作

x 選擇圖像和聲音模式
您可選擇圖像和聲音模式並使用“用户设定”模式來調整您所偏好的設定。

選擇圖像模式
A/B
按壓 鍵直到您所要的圖像模式被選定。
1 2 3
選擇 以觀看
4 5 6
7 8 9 “动态” 對比度強和高銳度的圖像。
0 “标准” 普通的圖像。
PROG

“用户设定” 菜單中的“图像用户设定”項目
所調整的最終圖像設定(參考第
17 頁)。

WEGA
RETURN GATE

TV

選擇聲音模式
按壓 (或前面控制板的 SOUND MODE 鍵(僅於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50))
直到您所要的聲音模式被選定。“5-Band Graphic Equalizer”顯示將出現在屏幕上。
選擇 以收聽
“动态” 強調低音和高音的動態範圍寬而清晰的音響。

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“标准” 強調人聲和高音調的聲音。

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“用户设定” 菜單中的“声音用户设定”項目所調整的最終聲音設定(參考
第 18 頁)。

100 300 1k 3k 8k

高級操作 11

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 收聽調頻收音
B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61
您可以使用您的電視機以收聽調頻廣播電台。
進入調頻收音模式:
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“调频收音”(參考第 15 頁)。

按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵(參考第 8 頁)。
退出調頻收音模式:
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵﹐選擇所要的項目:“电视”或“外接输入”﹐然後按壓
鍵。選擇所要的電視頻道或外接輸入並按壓 鍵。

按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵。
收聽預設電台

A/B
A/B
1 進入調頻收音模式。
3
1
4
2
5 6 2 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。顯示
“频道设定”菜單並在“调频收音设定”裡預設
7 8 9 所要的調頻廣播電台(參考第 19 頁)。
0
PROG

PROG 3 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以退出“频道设定”菜單。


被選取的預設調頻廣播電台和標註將出現於屏幕
+/–
上。
V, v, 欲選擇所要的預設調頻廣播電台﹐按壓 PROG
B, b RETURN
WEGA
GATE
+/– 鍵。

WEGA 提示
GATE TV • 您也可直接用遙控器上的 1–9 鍵以選擇所要的預設調
頻廣播電台。
收聽非預設電台

1 進入調頻收音模式。

2 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以搜尋所要的調頻廣播電台。已預設的調頻廣播電台和標註將不會
出現於屏幕上。

3 若該電台的信號微弱﹐按壓 B 或 b 鍵以手動微調廣播頻率。


• 在調頻收音模式裡﹐您只可以使用遙控器上的按鍵以操作 V,v,B 和 b 功能。
• 接收到的廣播頻率只供暫時的聽覺享受﹐且不能儲存在記憶體中。
• 如果出現“请设定调频电台”的訊息﹐請顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“调频收音设定”
以預設所要的調頻廣播電台(參考第 19 頁)。


• 當 FM 立體聲節目有噪音時﹐則按壓 A/B 鍵直到“单声道”出現。如此會失去立體聲音效﹐但
噪音將會降低。
12 高級操作

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 欣賞立體聲或雙語言節目
B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61
您可使用 A/B 鍵以欣賞麗音(NICAM)和 A2 立體聲制式的立體聲或雙語言節
目。
當接收麗音節目時
播送 屏幕顯示(所選擇的聲音)
A/B 麗音立體聲
A/B t

t
1 2 3
4 5 6
麗音雙語言
7 8 9
t t
0
t
PROG

麗音單聲道
t
t

WEGA
RETURN GATE

當接收 A2 節目時
播送 屏幕顯示(所選擇的聲音)
TV
A2 立體聲
t
t

A2 雙語言
t
t


• 當接收立體聲節目時﹐若有噪音則請選擇“单声道”。聲音變成單聲道聲音但噪音降低。

高級操作 13

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 收看圖文電視
B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61
有些電視台播出被稱作圖文電視的信息節目﹐它可使您收看各種信息﹐例如股市
行情和新聞。
您可使用遙控器上的按鍵以收看圖文電視。

要 操作如下
將電視畫面上顯示 按壓 鍵。
圖文電視頁面 每按一次 鍵﹐屏幕按以下順序變化:
A/B
圖文電視 t 圖文電視與電視 t
電視。
1 2 3
若無圖文電視節目﹐“100”即顯示在屏
4 5 6 幕左上角。
7 8 9
檢查圖文電視節 按壓 鍵。
0
, PROG 目的內容 屏幕上出現圖文電視內容概覽﹐包括頁
碼。
選擇圖文電視頁面 按壓數字鍵以輸入所需圖文電視頁面的三
位數頁碼。
如果您輸錯﹐則請重新輸入正確的頁碼。
(紅色﹐ RETURN
WEGA
WEGA
GATE
GATE
要進入下一頁或上一頁﹐按壓 或
綠色﹐ 鍵。
黃色﹐ 固定(暫停)圖文 按壓 鍵以顯示“ ”標誌在屏幕的
藍色) 電視顯示
TV
左上角。
要恢復正常觀看圖文電視時﹐按壓
鍵。
顯示被隱藏的信息 按壓 鍵。
(例如知識競賽答案) 要隱藏信息時﹐再次按壓此鍵。
放大圖文電視顯示 按壓 鍵。
每按一次 鍵﹐圖文電視顯示按以下
順序變化:
放大上半部 t 放大下半部 t 正常尺
寸。
觀看電視節目 (1) 輸入您要參閱的圖文電視頁碼﹐然後
時使圖文電視頁面 按壓 鍵。
備用 (2) 當頁碼顯示時﹐按壓 鍵以顯示
圖文內容。
選擇 FASTEXT 菜單 按壓與所要菜單或頁碼相對應的
或彩色格子 (紅色、綠色、黃色及藍色)鍵。
取消圖文電視 按壓 a 鍵。


• FASTEXT 功能僅可在有 FASTEXT 廣播的情況下使用。

14 高級操作

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


調整您的設定(MENU)

x 介紹 WEGA GATE 指示系統


WEGA GATE 是個允許您進入預設電視頻道﹐已連接的外接輸入﹐調頻收音模式
和“设定”菜單的通道。
WEGA GATE
01
“电视” 02
03
觀看預設電視頻道
04
05
(參考第 6 頁)。

1
“外接输入” 2
3 3 選擇連接裝置的輸入
DVD (參考第 22 頁)。

收聽調頻收音(僅於
“调频收音” KV-SW342M61/
---.--
SW292M61/
SW252M61)
1-9
(參考第 12 頁)。

“设定” 改變電視機的設定
(參考第 16 頁)。

如何使用 WEGA GATE 菜單


电视
WEGA GATE
01
02
03
04
05
选择 确认
结束

(1) 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以顯示 (3) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目。


或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。
WEGA GATE
01
02
03
04
05

(2) 按壓 鍵(或 b 鍵)以確定 (4) 按壓 RETURN 鍵以回到之前的


您所選的項目或進入下一個階段 階段。
的菜單。

提示
• 前面控制板上的 WEGA GATE 鍵﹐ 鍵和 V,v,B,b 鍵也可用於上述操作。
調整您的設定(MENU)
高級操作 15

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x“设定”調整
您可在 WEGA GATE 菜單里的“设定”改變電視機的設定。
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以顯示 WEGA GATE 菜單。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“设
定”﹐然後按壓 鍵。

以下是可以被調整項目的總概況。

“图像设定”(參考第 17 頁)
“图像模式”:“动态” “标准” “用户设定”
“图像用户设定”:“对比度”﹐“亮度”﹐“颜色”﹐
“色调”﹐“锐度”﹐“重新设定”
“彩色色调设定”:“冷色调” “自然色调” “暖色调”
“智能图像降噪”:“开” “关”

“声音设定”(參考第 18 頁)
“声音模式”:“动态” “标准” “用户设定”
“声音用户设定”:“设定”﹐“重新设定”
“平衡”
“智能音量控制”:“开” “关”
“环绕声”:“开” “模拟立体声” “关”

“频道设定”(參考第 19 頁)
“自动调台”
“手动调台”
“频道”:“00” – “99”
“电视系统”:“B/G” “I” “D/K” “M”
“VHF 低”/“VHF 高”/“UHF”
“微调”:“自动” “手动”
“信号增强”:“自动” “关”
“频道排序/编辑”
“调频收音设定”(僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/
SW252M61)

Language:
“设定”(參考第 21 頁)
“语言/Language”:“English”(英文) “中文”
“图像调节”:“图像旋转度调校”﹐“图像垂直位置调节”
“视频输入标注”:“视频输入”﹐“标注”
“彩色制式”:“自动” “PAL” “SECAM”
“NTSC3.58” “NTSC4.43”
“出厂设定”:“是” “否”


• 當菜單顯示的功能呈暗淡色﹐您將無法選擇此功能。

16 調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 調整“图像设定”
“图像设定”菜單可使您調整圖像設定。

1 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。

2 確認“图像设定”符號(
然後按壓 鍵。
)已被選擇﹐

3 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目 (例如﹐“图像模式”)﹐然後按壓 鍵。

選擇 以
“图像模式” 選擇“动态”、“标准”或“用户设定”*(參考第 11 頁)。
“彩色色调设定” 調整白色色澤。
選擇“冷色调”(藍色澤)、“自然色调”(自然色澤)或“暖色
调”(紅色澤)。
“智能图像降噪” 接收最理想的圖像效果。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“开”﹐然後按壓 鍵。

要取消時﹐選擇“关”﹐然後按壓 鍵。

* 僅當“用户设定”模式被選取時方可隨個人喜好調整“图像用户设定”和“彩色色调
设定”選項中的設定。

調整“用户设定”模式下的“图像用户设定”項目

1 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“对比度”、“亮度”、“颜色”、“色调”(顏色深淺)
或“锐度”﹐然後按壓 鍵。
選擇“重新设定”將會使電視機恢復到工廠設定。

2 按壓 V, v, B 或 b 鍵以調整您所選項目的設定﹐然後按壓 鍵。

3 重復上述步驟以調整其它項目。
當選擇“用户设定”項目時﹐您可接收已被調整的設定。


• 只有當彩色制式為 NTSC 時﹐您才能調整“色调”設定。
• 您也可減少“锐度”以降低圖像噪點。

調整您的設定(MENU) 17

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 調整“声音设定”
“声音设定”菜單可使您調整音響設定。

1 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。

2 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“声音设定”符號 ( )﹐
然後按壓 鍵。

3 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目 (例如﹐“声音模式”)﹐然後按壓 鍵。

選擇 以
“声音模式” 選擇“动态”、“标准”或“用户设定”*(參考第 11 頁)。
“平衡” 按壓 v 或 B 鍵以強調左揚聲器。
按壓 V 或 b 鍵以強調右揚聲器。
“智能音量控制” 自動調整所有頻道號碼和視頻輸入的音量。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“开”﹐然後按壓 鍵。

要取消時﹐選擇“关”﹐然後按壓 鍵。
“环绕声” 選擇“开”(環繞聲)、“模拟立体声”(模擬立體聲的單聲道)或
“关”。

* 僅當“用户设定”模式被選取時方可隨個人喜好調整“声音用户设定”選項中的設定。

調整“用户设定”模式下的“声音用户设定”項目
“5-Band Graphic Equalizer”(5 波段互動音響均衡器)可使您在菜單上的“用户设
定”模式調整聲音頻率設定。

1 確認“设定”已被選定﹐然後按壓 鍵。
選擇“重新设定”將會使電視機恢復到工廠設定。

2 按壓 B 或 b 鍵以選擇所要的聲音頻率﹐然後按壓 V 或 v 鍵以調整設定再按壓
鍵。
當選擇“用户设定”模式時﹐您可接收已被調整的設定。


• 調整高頻率將影響高音調聲音﹐調整低頻率將影響低音調聲音。
• 您可直接用前面控制板的 SOUND MODE 鍵(僅於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50)(參考第 8
頁)或按壓遙控器上的 鍵(參考第 11 頁)以顯示設定。

18 調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 調整“频道设定”
“频道设定”菜單可使您自動預設頻道﹐手動預設頻道﹐排序或編輯頻道和預設
調頻廣播電台。

1 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。

2 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“频道设定”符號(
然後按壓 鍵。
)﹐

3 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目(例如﹐“自动调台”)﹐然後按壓 鍵。
選擇 以
“自动调台” 自動預設頻道。
“手动调台” 手動預設所要的頻道及不能自動預設的頻道 (參考第 20 頁的手
動預設頻道)。
“频道排序/编辑” 改變顯示在屏幕上的頻道順序﹐標註頻道號碼﹐跳越頻道號碼
和鎖定不要的頻道。
(參考第 6 頁的“初始化设定”的步驟 3)。

“调频收音设定”* 最多可以預設 9 組的調頻廣播電台。


(僅於 KV-SW342M61/ 您可手動預設所處地區內可以接收的每個調頻廣播電台﹐然後
SW292M61/ 儲存所要調頻電台的廣播頻率。
SW252M61)
(1) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要調頻廣播電台的位置﹐然後
按壓 鍵。
(2) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以搜尋調頻廣播電台。
當調諧到電台時﹐搜尋自動停止。
當該電台的信號微弱時﹐請按壓 B 或 b 鍵以手動微調廣
播頻率﹐然後按壓 鍵以儲存該頻道廣播電台。

(3) 您可編輯調頻廣播電台標註。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英


文、數字、字符進行標註﹐然後按壓 鍵。
(4) 重復步驟(1)至(3)以預設其它調頻廣播電台。
* 僅有調頻收音模式可讓您使用“调频收音设定”功能。若要
啟動此功能﹐使用 WEGA GATE 系統以進入調頻收音模式
(參考第 15 頁)或按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵(參考第 8
頁)﹐然後依照以上提及的步驟預設所要的調頻廣播電台。


• 若您預設一個鎖定的頻道號碼﹐該頻道號碼將自動解鎖。
• 若您排序一個鎖定的頻道﹐該頻道將保留在鎖定狀態。

調整您的設定(MENU) 19

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


手動預設頻道

1 在選擇“手动调台”之後﹐選擇您要預設頻道
的頻道號碼。 01

(1)確認“频道”已被選定﹐然後按壓 鍵。 VHF

(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到您要預設的頻道號碼
顯示在菜單上﹐然後按壓 鍵。

2 選擇所要的頻道。
(1)確認“VHF 低”、“VHF 高”或“UHF”已被選定﹐然後按壓 鍵。
(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到您所要的頻道顯示在電視屏幕上﹐然後按壓 鍵。

3 若所要頻道的聲音失真﹐則請選擇適當的電視系統。
(1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“电视系统”﹐然後按壓 鍵。
(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到聲音正常為止﹐然後按壓 鍵。

4 若您不滿意圖像和聲音質量﹐您可用“微调”來改善它。
(1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“微调”﹐然後按壓 鍵。
(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“手动”﹐然後按壓 鍵。
(3)按壓 V, v, B 或 b 鍵直到圖像和聲音最佳﹐然後按壓 鍵。
菜單上的 + 或 – 符號將會在調諧時閃爍。

5 若電視信號太強(圖像失真;圖像有線條;信號干擾)或微弱(圖像有雪花狀斑
點)﹐您可設定“信号增强”以改善圖像質量。
(1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“信号增强”﹐然後按壓 鍵。
(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“关”(適用於圖像失真;圖像有線條;信號干擾)
或“自动”(適用於圖像有雪花狀斑點)﹐然後按壓 鍵。

20 調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 調整“设定”菜單
“设定”菜單可使您更換菜單語言﹐調整圖像位置﹐標註所連接的裝置﹐選擇彩
色制式和使電視機恢復到工廠設定。

1 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。

2 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“设定”符號 (
然後按壓 鍵。
)﹐
Language:

3 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目(例如﹐“语言/Language”)﹐然後按壓 鍵。

選擇 以
“语言/Language” 更換菜單語言。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“English”(英文)或“中文”﹐然後按壓
鍵。

“图像调节” 調整電視屏幕上傾斜的圖像。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“图像旋转度调校”或“图像垂直位置调
节”﹐然後按壓 鍵。

按壓 V﹐v﹐B 或 b 鍵以調整圖像位置﹐然後按壓 鍵。
“视频输入标注” 標註所連接的裝置。
(1) 選擇“视频输入”並按壓 鍵。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇您要標註的輸入﹐然後按壓 鍵。
(2) 選擇“标注”並按壓 鍵﹐然後按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇標註
選項:“视频信号 1”/“视频信号 2”/“视频信号 3”
“DVD”、“录像机”、“卫星节目”、“游戏机”或
“编辑”*。
* 您可用喜愛的名稱編輯視頻輸入標註。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英
文、數字、字符進行標註﹐然後按壓 鍵。

“彩色制式” 改變彩色制式。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“自动”、“PAL”、“SECAM”、
“NTSC 3.58”或“NTSC 4.43”﹐然後按壓 鍵。
通常將此設定為“自动”。

“出厂设定” 使電視機恢復到工廠設定。

按壓 鍵後再按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“是”﹐然後按壓 鍵。

要取消時﹐選擇“否”﹐然後按壓 鍵。


• 您無法在調頻收音模式裡選擇彩色制式。
調整您的設定(MENU) 21

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


附加信息

x 連接選購的裝置
連接至視頻輸入端子(t)

電視機前面的控制板
音頻/視頻電纜
(未提供)

L(MONO) R
2
攝像機

天線電纜
電視機背後的控制板 (未提供) 電視、共用天線電視、
衛星

當無調頻信號時

R L Y CB CR 天線
選擇器 調頻信號
1 3

電視信號

音頻/視頻電纜
(未提供)

錄像機

天線電纜
(未提供)
DVD 播放機


• 若將錄像機連接至 8(天線輸入)端子﹐請將錄像機輸出的信號預設至電視機上的頻道號碼
“0”(參考第 20 頁)。
• 僅具有調頻收音的型號可以接收調頻信號。

22 附加信息

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


連接至監視器輸出端子(T)

電視機背後的控制板

音頻系統
R L Y CB CR

1 3
音頻/視頻電纜

設置您的電視機
(未提供)

錄像機

連接至 DVD 分量信號輸入端子( )

電視機背後的控制板
DVD 分量信號電纜
(未提供)

R L Y CB CR

1 3
DVD 播放機

音頻電纜
(未提供)


• 當連接 DVD 播放機至電視機上的 (分量信號輸入端子) 時﹐若您的 DVD 播放機可輸出
隔行和逐行的掃描模式信號﹐則請選擇隔行掃描輸出。您的電視機可接收 525i/60 赫茲或
625i/50 赫茲的隔行掃描信號。
• 某些 DVD 播放機的插口可能標記為 Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/PR, Y/Cb/Cr 或 Y/B-Y/R-Y。
• 若您在電視屏幕上選擇“DVD”﹐T(監視器輸出)將不能輸出正常的信號。這並不表示發生
故障。

附加信息 23

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 故障檢修
若在觀看電視時遇見任何問題﹐您可使用“出厂设定”功能以解決問題或參考下
列故障檢修指南。若問題仍然存在﹐請聯絡 Sony 經銷商。
“出厂设定”功能
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵。選擇“设定”(“Settings”) 後進入“设定”(“Setup”)
( )菜單。從“设定”菜單里選擇“出厂设定”。然後選擇“是”並按壓
鍵。電視屏幕即呈現空白﹐約數秒後﹐“初始化设定”菜單將會顯示在電視屏幕
上。您的電視機將恢復到工廠設定﹐但一些電視故障可能會消失。
癥狀 解決方法
圖像有雪花狀斑點﹐ • 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確(參考第 22 頁)。
有噪聲
• 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。
• 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”以再次預設頻道(參考第 20 頁)。
• 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“自动”
(參考第 20 頁)。
• 嘗試使用外部信號增強器。
圖像失真﹐有噪聲 • 切斷外部信號增強器的電源或拔掉其插頭以終止其操作。
• 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“关”(參考
第 20 頁)。
圖像良好﹐ • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並在“手动调台”裡選擇適當的“电视系统”(參考
有噪聲 第 20 頁)。
沒有圖像﹐ • 檢查電源線﹐天線和錄像機之連接是否正確(參考第 22 頁)。
沒有聲音
• 按壓 ?/1(電源)鍵以接通電視機的電源(參考第 9 頁)。
• 按壓電視機上的 !(主電源)鍵以切斷電視機的電源﹐五秒左右後再次接通
電源(參考第 8 頁)。
圖像良好﹐ • 按壓 2 + 鍵以提高音量水平(參考第 9 頁)。
沒有聲音
• 按壓 鍵以取消靜音(參考第 9 頁)。
圖像有點線或條紋 • 不要在電視機旁使用吹風機或其它設備。
• 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。
圖像出現雙重影像 • 使用高定向天線。
• 使用“微调”功能(參考第 20 頁)。
• 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。
• 切斷外部信號增強器的電源或拔掉其插頭以終止其操作。
圖像無彩色 • 顯示“图像设定”菜單並選擇“图像模式”裡的“用户设定”﹐然後調整
“图像用户设定”裡的“颜色”水平(參考第 17 頁)。
• 顯示“设定”菜單及檢查“彩色制式”設定(一般將此設定為“自动”)
(參考第 21 頁)。
• 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。

24 附加信息

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


癥狀 解決方法
圖像傾斜 • 將外部揚聲器或其它電器放置在離電視機較遠的地方。
• 在“设定”菜單下顯示“图像调节”﹐並調整“图像旋转度调校”和“图像垂
直位置调节”以使圖像与電視屏幕對齊(參考第 21 頁)。
圖樣出現反常彩色斑 • 將外部揚聲器或其它電器放置在離電視機較遠的地方。請別在電視機打開時進
點 行搬移。按壓電視機上的 !(主電源)鍵以切斷電視機的電源﹐約 15 分鐘
後再將其打開以使電視機消磁。
立體聲廣播聲音開關 • 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確(參考
失常或聲音失真。 第 22 頁)。

或 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。

聲音頻繁地轉換於單
聲道和立體聲之間。
(僅於 KV-SW342
M61/SW292M61/
SW252M61)

圖文電視顯示不完全 • 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確(參考
(圖像有雪花狀斑點 第 22 頁)。
或雙重影像)。
(僅於 KV-SW342 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。
M61/SW292M61/
• 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“自动”
SW252M61)
(參考第 20 頁)。
• 嘗試使用外部信號增強器。
• 使用“微调”功能(參考第 20 頁)。

電視機不能接收調頻 • 通過一個天線選擇器(開關)﹐連接另外一個調頻天線和電視頻道源至您的電
廣播電台。 視機(參考第 22 頁)。
(僅於 KV-SW342
M61/SW292M61/
SW252M61)

電視機上的 1(待機) • 計算 1(待機)指示燈的亮光次數。按壓 !(主電源)鍵以切斷電視機的電


指示燈每隔三秒閃爍 源。通知您鄰近的 Sony 維修服務中心。
至少一次的紅色亮光。

電視屏幕有時會在更 • “信号增强”正在操作以探測微弱的信號。這並不表示發生故障。
換頻道時呈顯空白﹐
空白時間比一般略
長。

電視機外殼吱嘎聲。 • 室溫的變化有時會導致電視機的外殼膨脹或縮小﹐因此產生噪聲。這並不表示
發生故障。
當您接通電視機時﹐ • 電視機自動消磁。這並不表示發生故障。
聽到“ ”的聲音。

附加信息 25

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x Specifications
KV-SW342M61 KV-SW292M61 KV-SW252M61 Note
KV-SW292M60 KV-SW252M50
Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Stereo/Bilingual system NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I, D/K; KV-SW342M61/
A2 Stereo/Bilingual B/G SW292M61/
SW252M61 only
Teletext language English, French KV-SW342M61/
SW292M61/
SW252M61 only
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 /
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 /
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 /
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 /
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 6W+6W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 3 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 4 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
FM Radio
Tuning Range 87.5 - 108.0 MHz KV-SW342M61/
Intermediate 10.7 MHz SW292M61/
Frequency SW252M61 only
Picture tube 34 in. 29 in. 25 in.
Tube size (cm) 86 72 64 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 80 68 60 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 895 × 678 × 578 780 × 583 × 523 696 × 517 × 522
Mass (kg) 75 47 36

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

26 Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


2-635-887-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.

KV-SW342
KV-SW292
KV-SW252
© 2005 Sony Corporation
N60

01GB01COV-STMMly.p65 1 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch For children’s safety, do not leave To prevent fire or shock hazard, do
any part of the TV, the power cord children alone with the TV. Do not not expose the TV to rain or
and the antenna cable during allow children to climb onto it. moisture.
lightning storms.

Do not place any objects on the TV. Do not operate the TV if any liquid Install the TV on a stable TV stand
The apparatus shall not be or solid object falls into it. Have it and floor which can support the
exposed to dripping or splashing checked immediately by qualified TV set weight. Ensure that the TV
and that no objects filled with personnel only. stand surface is flat and its area is
liquids, such as vases, shall be larger than the bottom area of the
placed on the apparatus. TV.

Do not block the ventilation Your TV is recommended for Do not plug in too many
openings of the TV. Do not install home use only. Do not use the TV appliances to the same power
the TV in a confined space, such in any vehicle or where it may be socket. Do not damage the power
as a bookcase or built-in cabinet. subject to excessive dust, heat, cord.
moisture or vibrations.

Do not open the cabinet and the Clean the TV with a dry and soft Pull the power cord out by the
rear cover of the TV as high cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, plug. Do not pull the power cord
voltages and other hazards are or any other chemicals to clean the itself. Even if your TV is turned
present inside the TV. Refer TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., off, it is still connected to the AC
servicing and disposal of the TV adhesive tape, cellophane tape, power source (mains) as long as
to qualified personnel. glue) on the painted cabinet of the the power cord is plugged in.
TV. Do not scratch the picture Unplug the TV before moving it
tube. or if you are not going to use it for
several days.

01GB02WAR-STMMly.p65 2 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Table of Contents

Installation Menu Adjustment


Securing the TV .................................... 4 Introducing the WEGA GATE
Getting Started ..................................... 5 navigator ............................................. 14
Setting up your TV “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 15
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17
Overview of Controls Changing the “Channel Setup”
TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 setting .................................................. 18
Using the remote control and Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 19
basic functions ...................................... 9
GB
Additional Information
Advanced Operations Connecting optional components ... 20
Selecting the picture and sound Troubleshooting ................................. 22
modes .................................................. 11 Specifications ...................... Back cover
Listening to the FM Radio ................ 12
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs ............................................. 13

01GB03TOC-STMMly.p65 3 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Installation

x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to


the provided holders at the rear of your
TV.
(2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain
to a wall or pillar using an attachment
which can support the TV set weight.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4 Installation

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65 4 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation
Step 2

Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8


(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tips
• Your TV can receive both TV and FM radio signal from the
appropriate connections through the 8 (antenna input)
terminal (see page 20).
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 20).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4

Set up the TV by following the instructions of the


“Initial Setup” menu (see page 6).

Select Confirm End

Installation 5

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65 5 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, edit the
channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or
TV front panel.

1 Press V or v to select the desired menu


language, then press .
The selected menu language appears.
Select Confirm End

2 Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting in progress.
Select Confirm End

After all available channels have been tuned


and stored, the “Program Edit” menu
Program: 1
appears automatically on the screen.

To skip automatic channel presetting, select Searching...

“No”, then press . End

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press .

3 The “Program Edit” menu enables you to


edit the channels.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current
condition, press WEGA GATE to exit.
b) Press V or v to select the program Program Edit
PROG Label Skip
number with the channel you wish to 1 Off
2 Off
change. The selected channel will appear 3 Off
on the screen. 4 Off
Edit:
c) If you wish to edit the channels, press Select Confirm Exit

to enter edit mode.


Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is
highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol).
Then press .
1) To label, press V or v to select the
Select Confirm Exit
alphanumeric characters for the label.
Then press .

6 Installation

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65 6 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to
select “On”. Then press .
You can skip this program number when
using PROG +/-.
Select Confirm Exit
3) To block unwanted program number,
press V or v to select . Then press .

d) Repeat step b) to c) if you wish to change other

Installation
channels.
Select Confirm Exit
Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4 Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top


and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press .
Select Confirm End
“Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5 If the upper and lower bars are not


equally positioned to the top and
bottom of the screen, press V or v to
adjust them, then press . Select Confirm End

If no adjustment is necessary, then press .

6 To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from


appearing again when you turn on the TV
by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”,
then press .
To allow this menu to appear again, select Select Confirm
“Yes”, then press .

Tip
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation 7

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65 7 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels


TV rear panel qa

R L Y CB CR

1 3

qf
qd qs
TV front panel
0 9 87 65 4 3 2 1
WEGA GATE

L(MONO) R
2 FM PROG

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 5
2 1 Standby indicator. 5
2 Wake Up indicator. 10
3 Remote control sensor. –
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
6 t Select TV or video input. 20
WEGA GATE menu operations
4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items. 14
6 Confirm selected items. 14
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu. 14
8 FM Listen to FM Radio. 12
9 t2 Video input terminal 2. 20
0 i Headphone jack. –
qa Component video input terminal. 21
qs T Monitor output terminal. 21
qd t1, t3 Video input terminal 1, 3. 20
qf 8 Antenna input terminal. 20

8 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65 8 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions
0

qa 1

Overview of Controls
qs A/B

2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qg 4
5
qh

qj 6
WEGA
RETURN GATE

qk 7
ql 8
w; 9
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
9 Select surround mode options. 17
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 20
qf 0 – 9 Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and –
above, enter the second digit within two seconds.
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 11
Graphic Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 11

continue

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65 9 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
continued

Button Description Page


WEGA GATE menu operations
6 Confirm selected items. 14
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items.
qk RETURN Return to the previous level
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
(Wake up timer) desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
The indicator on TV lights up amber once
you set the wake up timer.
If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than
one hour after the TV is turned on using the
wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into
standby mode.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
(Sleep timer) desired period of time (max. of one hour and
30 min.).
Teletext operations (green label)
, , , , Not function for your TV. –
, , , ,
(red, green,
yellow, blue)
PIP operations
, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. –
Stereo/bilingual operations
qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode. 13

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65 10 7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B
Press to select the desired picture mode.

1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6 “Vivid” contrast and sharp pictures.
7 8 9
“Standard” normal pictures.
0
PROG
“Custom” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 16).

WEGA
RETURN GATE

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Standard” Standard sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom” Custom the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 17).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations 11

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65 11 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Listening to the FM Radio
You are able to listen to the FM radio stations using your TV.
To access to FM Radio mode:
Press WEGA GATE button and select “FM Radio” (see page 14).
or
Press FM button on the front panel (see page 8).
To exit from FM Radio mode:
Press WEGA GATE button, select the desired items: “TV” or “External Inputs”,
then press . Select the desired TV channel or external inputs and press .
or
Press FM button on the front panel.

Listening to preset stations

A/B
A/B

1 2 3
1 Access to FM Radio mode.

4 5 6 2 Press WEGA GATE button and select “Settings”.


Preset the desired FM radio stations in “FM Radio
7 8 9
0
Setup” from “Channel Setup” menu (see page 18).
PROG

PROG
+/–
3 Exit from “Channel Setup” menu by pressing WEGA
GATE button. The selected preset FM radio station
number and label will appear on the screen.
V, v, To select the desired preset FM radio station, press
B, b RETURN
WEGA
GATE
PROG +/–.
Tip
WEGA • You can also use the 1-9 buttons on the remote control to
GATE TV
directly select the desired preset FM radio station.

Listening to non-preset stations

1 Access to FM Radio mode.

2 Press V or v to search for the desired FM radio station. The preset number and
label will not be displayed.

3 If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency
manually.
Notes
• You can only operate V, v, B and b functions using the remote control buttons in FM
Radio mode.
• The available radio frequency is only for temporary listening pleasure and cannot be stored in
the memory.
• If the message “Please setup FM Radio” appears, display the “Channel Setup” menu and
select “FM Radio Setup” to preset the desired FM radio stations (see page 18).

Note
• When a FM stereo program has static noise, press A/B until “Mono” appears. There will be no
stereo effect, but the noise will be reduced.

12 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65 12 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of MTS (Multi-Channel TV
Sound) stereo system by using A/B button.

Select stereo or bilingual programs


Press A/B until you receive the sound you want.
A/B Select To listen to
A/B
“Stereo” stereo broadcast sound.
1 2 3
“Auto SAP” SAP (Second Audio Program)
4 5 6
broadcast sound.
7 8 9
“Mono” monaural sound.
0
PROG

WEGA
RETURN GATE

TV

Notes
• When select “Auto SAP”, non-SAP program sound will be same as “Stereo” mode sound.
• If the stereo signal is very week, the stereo broadcast sound may become noisy. To reduce the
noise select “Mono”.

Advanced Operations 13

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65 13 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE


navigator
WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you access to preset TV channels,
connected external inputs, FM Radio mode and “Settings” menu.
WEGA GATE TV
TV 1
External Inputs “TV” 2
watch the preset TV
FM Radio 3
Settings 4
channels (see page 6)
5
Select Confirm Select Confirm
End

External Inputs
1 Video 1
“External Inputs” 2 Video 2 select the inputs for the
3 Video 3 connected equipment
DVD
(see page 20)
Select Confirm
End

FM Radio

Preset 1:
listen to the FM Radio
“FM Radio” (see page 12)
---.--
Please setup FM Radio
Select Preset 1-9 –PROG+

Search Fine Exit

Picture
Picture Mode: Vivid
“Settings” Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool change the settings
Intelligent Picture: On
of your TV
(see page 15)
Select Confirm End

How to use WEGA GATE


WEGA GATE TV
TV 1
External Inputs 2
3
FM Radio
4
Settings
5
Select Confirm
Select Confirm End

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel (3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
the WEGA GATE menu.
TV WEGA GATE
1 TV
2 External Inputs
3 FM Radio
4 Settings
5
Select Confirm
End Select Confirm

(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection (4) Press RETURN to move to the previous
or go to the next level. level.
Tip
• The WEGA GATE, and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the operations
above.
14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65 14 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x “Settings” Adjustment
You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE
menu.
Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select
“Settings” and press .
The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.

Picture ”Picture” (see page 16)


Picture Mode: Vivid
Picture Adjustment
“Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom”
Color Temperature: Cool “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”,
Intelligent Picture: On
“Sharpness”, “Reset”
“Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm”
Select Confirm End
“Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

Sound ”Sound” (see page 17)


Sound Mode: Dynamic
Sound Adjustment “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Standard” “Custom”
Balance “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset”
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off “Balance”
“Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Off”
Select Confirm End
“Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

Channel Setup ”Channel Setup” (see page 18)


Cable: On
Auto Program “Cable”: “On” “Off”
Program Edit “Auto Program”
FM Radio Setup
“Program Edit”
“FM Radio Setup”
Select Confirm End

Setup ”Setup” (see page 19)


Language: English
Picture Position “Language”: “English” “ ” (Chinese)
Video Label
“Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position”
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label”
“Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58”
Select Confirm End
“NTSC4.43” (for video input only)
“Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65 15 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Picture Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Vivid

Color Temperature: Cool


Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Picture Mode” choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or
“Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Note
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65 16 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Sound Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Sound Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs
automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like


monaural sound) or “Off”.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press .


Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly by using the button on the remote control (see page
11).

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65 17 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, edit the channels and preset FM radio stations.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Cable: On
Auto Program
Program Edit
FM Radio Setup

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Cable”), then press .


Select To
“Cable” receive cable TV programs.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
If you select “Cable: On”, you will be able to receive 125 cable TV channels.
If there are no cable TV channels, you will receive VHF broadcast
channels only.
To receive only VHF and UHF broadcast channels, select “Off”, then
press .
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Program Edit” label the program number, skip the program number and block
unwanted programs.
(see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).
“FM Radio Setup”* preset up to nine FM radio stations.
You can manually preset each FM radio station that can be received
in your area and then store the radio frequency of the desired FM
radio stations.
(1) Press V or v to select the desired FM radio station position,
then press .
(2) Press V or v to search the FM radio stations.
Searching stops automatically when a station is tuned in.
If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the
radio frequency manually, then press to store the FM
radio station.
(3) You may edit the FM radio station label. Press V or v to
select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
(4) Repeat steps (1) through (3) to preset other FM radio stations.
* The “FM Radio Setup” feature is only available in FM Radio
mode. To enable this feature, access to FM Radio mode by using
WEGA GATE system (see page 14) or pressing the FM button
on the front panel (see page 8), then preset your desired FM
radio stations according to the steps mentioned above.

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65 18 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your
TV to factory settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.


Setup
2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon (
then press .
), Language:
Picture Position
English

Video Label
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Chinese),
then press .

“Picture Position” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”,
then press .
Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .

“Video Label” label the connected equipment.


(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”,
“VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label to your favorite name.
Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label,
then press .

“Color System” select the color system (for video input only).
Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”,
“NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to
“Auto”.
“Factory Settings” reset your TV to factory settings.
Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press .
To cancel, select “No”, then press

Menu Adjustment 19

01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65 19 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Additional Information

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
TV front panel
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)

L(MONO) R
2
Camcorder

Antenna cable
TV rear panel (not supplied)
TV, CATV, Satellite
or
When there is no
FM signal

R L Y CB CR Antenna
selector
1 3
FM signal

TV signal

Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
VCR

Antenna cable
(not supplied)
DVD player

20 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-STMMly.p65 20 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
R L Y CB CR

1 3
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

Component
video cable
R L Y CB CR
(not supplied)
1 3 DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/
PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y.
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information 21

01GB07ADJ-STMMly.p65 21 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory
Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem
persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function
Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu.
From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press .
Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will
appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be
solved.

Symptom Solutions
Snowy picture, • Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall
noisy sound (see page 20).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Preset the channel again (see page 18).
• Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
noisy sound

No picture, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 20).
no sound • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9).
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds,
then turn it on again (see page 8).
Good picture, • Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9).
no sound • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).
• Press A/B until “Stereo” or “Mono” appears on the screen (see page 13).
Dotted lines or • Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV.
stripes
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or • Use a highly directional antenna.
“ghosts”
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
No color • Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then
adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 16).
• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting
(usually set this to “Auto”) (for video input only) (see page 19).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Picture slant • Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV.
• Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture
Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV
screen (see page 19).
Abnormal color • Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not
patches move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV
to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to
demagnetize the TV.

22 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65 22 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Symptom Solutions
TV cannot receive • Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall
stereo broadcast (see page 20).
sound
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
or
Stereo broadcast
sound switches
on and off or is
distorted.
TV cannot receive • Connect a separate FM antenna and the TV channel source through an
FM radio station. antenna selector (switch) to your TV (see page 20).
The 1 (standby) • Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes.
indicator on your Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony
TV flashes red service center.
several times after
every three
seconds.
TV cabinet creaks. • Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or
contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a
sound is heard malfunction.
when the TV is
turned on.

Additional Information 23

01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65 23 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Specifications
KV-SW342N60 KV-SW292N60 KV-SW252N60 Note

Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz


Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system M
Color system NTSC3.58, PAL*, PAL 60*, SECAM*, NTSC 4.43* * AV IN only
Stereo/Bilingual system MTS
Channel coverage VHF : 2 to 13 /UHF : 14 to 69 /CATV : 1 to 125
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 6W+6W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 3 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 4 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
FM Radio
Tuning Range 87.5 - 108.0 MHz
Intermediate 7.9 MHz
Frequency
Picture tube 34 in. 29 in. 25 in.
Tube size 859 mm 724 mm 639 mm Measured diagonally
Viewing screen size 803 mm 679 mm 598 mm Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d) 895 × 678 × 578 mm 780 × 583 × 523 mm 696 × 517 × 522 mm
Mass 75 kg 47 kg 36 kg

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

24 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65 24 7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
2-639-391-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ ’ Trinitron
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it
for future reference.

§ŸË¡◊Õ°“√„™Èß“π ‰∑¬
• °ËÕπ‡√‘Ë¡°“√„™Èß“π°√ÿ≥“ÕË“π§ŸË¡◊Õπ’È‚¥¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑—ÈßÀ¡¥·≈–‡°Á∫√—°…“§ŸË¡◊Õ‰«È
”À√—∫ÕÈ“ßÕ‘ß„π‚Õ°“ µËÕʉª

KV-SW292
KV-SW252
© 2005 Sony Corporation
M50

01GB01COV-SOEMMix.p65 1 14/6/05, 7:58 pm

Black Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch For children’s safety, do not leave To prevent fire or shock hazard, do
any part of the TV, the power cord children alone with the TV. Do not not expose the TV to rain or
and the antenna cable during allow children to climb onto it. moisture.
lightning storms.

Do not place any objects on the TV. Do not operate the TV if any liquid Install the TV on a stable TV stand
The apparatus shall not be or solid object falls into it. Have it and floor which can support the
exposed to dripping or splashing checked immediately by qualified TV set weight. Ensure that the TV
and that no objects filled with personnel only. stand surface is flat and its area is
liquids, such as vases, shall be larger than the bottom area of the
placed on the apparatus. TV.

Do not block the ventilation Your TV is recommended for Do not plug in too many
openings of the TV. Do not install home use only. Do not use the TV appliances to the same power
the TV in a confined space, such in any vehicle or where it may be socket. Do not damage the power
as a bookcase or built-in cabinet. subject to excessive dust, heat, cord.
moisture or vibrations.

Do not open the cabinet and the Clean the TV with a dry and soft Pull the power cord out by the
rear cover of the TV as high cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, plug. Do not pull the power cord
voltages and other hazards are or any other chemicals to clean the itself. Even if your TV is turned
present inside the TV. Refer TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., off, it is still connected to the AC
servicing and disposal of the TV adhesive tape, cellophane tape, power source (mains) as long as
to qualified personnel. glue) on the painted cabinet of the the power cord is plugged in.
TV. Do not scratch the picture Unplug the TV before moving it
tube. or if you are not going to use it for
several days.

01GB02WAR-SOEMMix.p65 2 14/6/05, 7:59 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Table of Contents

Installation Menu Adjustment


Securing the TV .................................... 4 Introducing the WEGA GATE
Getting started ...................................... 5 navigator ............................................. 12
Setting up your TV “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 13
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 14
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 15
Overview of Controls Changing the “Channel Setup”
TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 setting .................................................. 16
Using the remote control and Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 18
basic functions ...................................... 9
GB
Additional Information
Advanced Operations Connecting optional components ... 19
Selecting the picture and sound Troubleshooting ................................. 21
modes .................................................. 11 Specifications ...................................... 23

01GB03TOC-SOEMMix.p65 3 14/6/05, 8:00 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Installation

x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to


the provided holders at the rear of your
TV.
(2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain
to a wall or pillar using an attachment
which can support the TV set weight.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4 Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65 4 14/6/05, 8:00 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation
Step 2

Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8


(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 19).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4

Set up the TV by following the instructions of the


“Initial Setup” menu (see page 6).

Select Confirm End

Installation 5

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65 5 14/6/05, 8:00 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or
edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote
control or TV front panel.

1 Press V or v to select the desired menu


language, then press .
The selected menu language appears.
Select Confirm End

2 Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.
Select Confirm End

After all available channels have been tuned


Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” TV System: Auto
VHF Low
menu appears automatically on the screen.

To skip automatic channel presetting, select End

“No”, then press .

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press .

3 The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables


you to sort and edit the channels.
Program Sorting/Edit
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current PROG Label Skip
condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. 01 Off
02 Off
b) Press V or v to select the program 03 Off
04 Off
number with the channel you wish to Sorting: Edit:
Select Confirm Exit
change. The selected channel will appear
on the screen. Program Sorting/Edit
PROG Label Skip
c) If you wish to store the channels in a 01 Off
02 Off
different order: 03 01 Off
04 Off
1) Press b to enter sorting mode. Sorting mode
Select Confirm Exit
2) Press V or v to select the new program
number position for your selected channel,
then press B.

6 Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65 6 14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
d) If you wish to edit the channels, press
to change to edit mode.
Press b until the mode that you wish to edit
is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol).
Then press .
1) To label, press V or v to select the
alphanumeric characters for the label.
Select Confirm Exit
Then press .

Installation
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to
select “On”. Then press .
You can skip this program number when
using PROG +/-.
Select Confirm Exit
3) To block unwanted program number,
press V or v to select . Then press .

e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other


channels. Confirm Exit
Select

Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4 Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top


and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press .
Select Confirm End

“Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5 If the upper and lower bars are not


equally positioned to the top and
bottom of the screen, press V or v to
adjust them, then press . Select Confirm End

If no adjustment is necessary, then press .

6 To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from


appearing again when you turn on the TV
by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”,
then press .
Select Confirm
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press .

Tip
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation 7

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65 7 14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels


TV rear panel qa

R L Y CB CR

1 3

qf
qd qs
TV front panel
0 9 87 65 4 3 2 1
WEGA GATE

L(MONO) R
2 SOUND MODE PROG

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 5
2 1 Standby indicator. 5
2 Wake Up indicator. 10
3 Remote control sensor. –
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
6 t Select TV or video input. 19
WEGA GATE menu operations
4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items. 12
6 Confirm selected items. 12
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu. 12
8 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 11
Equalizer display.
9 t2 Video input terminal 2. 19
0 i Headphone jack. –
qa Component video input terminal. 20
qs T Monitor output terminal. 19
qd t1, t3 Video input terminal 1, 3. 19
qf 8 Antenna input terminal. 19

8 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65 8 14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions
0

qa 1

Overview of Controls
qs A/B

2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qg 4
5
qh

qj 6
WEGA
RETURN GATE

qk 7
ql 8
w; 9
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
9 Select surround mode options. 15
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 19
qf 0 – 9 Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and –
above, enter the second digit within two seconds.
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band 11
Graphic Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 11

continue

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65 9 14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
continued

Button Description Page


WEGA GATE menu operations
6 Confirm selected items. 12
7 WEGA GATE Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items.
qk RETURN Return to the previous level.
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
(Wake up timer) desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
The indicator on TV lights up amber once
you set the wake up timer.
If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than
one hour after the TV is turned on using the
wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into
standby mode.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
(Sleep timer) desired period of time (max. of one hour and
30 min.).
Teletext operations (green label)
, , , , Not function for your TV. –
, , , ,
(red, green,
yellow, blue)
PIP operations
, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. –
Stereo/bilingual operations
qs A/B Not function for your TV. –

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65 10 14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B
Press to select the desired picture mode.

1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6 “Vivid” contrast and sharp pictures.
7 8 9
“Standard” normal pictures.
0
PROG
“Custom” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 14).

WEGA
RETURN GATE

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear.
Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Standard” Standard sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom” Custom the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 15).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations 11

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65 11 14/6/05, 8:02 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE


navigator
WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you to access to preset TV channels,
connected external inputs and “Settings” menu.
WEGA GATE TV
TV 01
External Inputs 02
Settings “TV” watch the preset TV
03
04 channels (see page 6)
05
Select Confirm Select Confirm
End

External Inputs
1 Video 1

“External Inputs” 2 Video 2 select the inputs for the


3 Video 3 connected equipment
DVD (see page 19)
Select Confirm
End

Picture
Picture Mode: Vivid

“Settings”
Picture Adjustment change the settings
Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On
of your TV (see page 13)

Select Confirm End

How to use WEGA GATE


WEGA GATE TV
TV 01
External Inputs 02
Settings 03
04
05
Select Confirm
Select Confirm End

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel (3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
the WEGA GATE menu.

TV WEGA GATE
01 TV
02 External Inputs
03 Settings
04
05
Select Confirm
End Select Confirm

(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection (4) Press RETURN to move to the previous
or go to the next level. level.

Tip
• The WEGA GATE, and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the
operations above.

12 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65 12 6/14/05, 11:21 PM

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x “Settings” Adjustment
You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in
WEGA GATE menu.
Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select
“Settings” and press .
The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.

Picture ”Picture” (see page 14)


Picture Mode: Vivid
Picture Adjustment
“Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom”
Color Temperature: Cool “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”,
Intelligent Picture: On
“Sharpness”, “Reset”
“Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm”
Select Confirm End
“Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

Sound ”Sound” (see page 15)


Sound Mode: Dynamic
Sound Adjustment “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Standard” “Custom”
Balance “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset”
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off “Balance”
“Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Off”
Select Confirm End
“Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

Channel Setup ”Channel Setup” (see page 16)


Auto Program
Manual Program “Auto Program”
Program Sorting/Edit “Manual Program”
“Program”: “00” - “99”
“TV System”: “B/G” “I” “D/K” “M”
Select Confirm End
“VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF”
“Fine”: “Auto” “Manual”
“Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off”
“Program Sorting/Edit”

Setup ”Setup” (see page 18)


Language: English
Picture Position “Language”: “English” “ ” (Thai)
Video Label “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position”
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label”
“Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58”
Select Confirm End
“NTSC4.43”
“Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment 13

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65 13 14/6/05, 8:02 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Picture Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Vivid

Color Temperature: Cool


Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Picture Mode” choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or
“Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65 14 14/6/05, 8:02 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Sound Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Sound Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”*
(see page 11).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs
automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like


monaural sound) or “Off”.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under


“Custom” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press .


Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front panel
(see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65 15 14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels and sort or edit the channels.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Sorting/Edit

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in
page 17).
“Program Sorting/Edit” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen,
label the program number, skip the program number and block
unwanted programs.
(see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).

Notes
• If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked
automatically.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65 16 14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . TV System: B/G
VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Signal Booster: Auto

to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65 17 14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your
TV to factory settings.

1 Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon (


then press .
), Setup
Language:
Picture Position
English

Video Label
Color System: Auto
Factory Settings

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Thai),
then press .

“Picture Position” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”,
then press .
Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .

“Video Label” label the connected equipment.


(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”,
“VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label to your favorite name.
Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label,
then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”,
“NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to
“Auto”.
“Factory Settings” reset your TV to factory settings.
Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press .
To cancel, select “No”, then press

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65 18 14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Additional Information

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )

TV front panel

Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
L(MONO) R
2
Camcorder
TV rear panel

R L Y CB CR Antenna cable
(not supplied)
1 3

VCR
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
DVD Player

Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 17).

Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
R L Y CB CR

1 3
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)

VCR

continue
Additional Information 19

01GB07ADJ-SOEMMix.p65 19 14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
continued

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

Component
video cable
R L Y CB CR
(not supplied)
1 3 DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/
PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y.
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

20 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-SOEMMix.p65 20 14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory
Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem
persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function
Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu.
From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press .
Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will
appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be
solved.

Symptom Solutions
Snowy picture, • Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall
noisy sound (see page 19).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset
the channel again (see page 17).
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto”
from “Manual Program” (see page 17).
• Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
noisy sound
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off”
from “Manual Program”(see page 17).
Good picture, • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate
noisy sound “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 17).

No picture, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 19).
no sound • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9).
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds,
then turn it on again (see page 8).

Good picture, • Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9).
no sound • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).
Dotted lines or • Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV.
stripes
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or • Use a highly directional antenna.
“ghosts”
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 17).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
No color • Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then
adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 14).
• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting
(usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 18).
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

continue
Additional Information 21

01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65 21 14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
continued

Symptom Solutions
Picture slant • Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV.
• Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture
Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV
screen (see page 18).

Abnormal color • Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not
patches move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV
to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to
demagnetize the TV.

The 1 (standby) • Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes.
indicator on your Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony
TV flashes red service center.
several times after
every three
seconds.

The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not
sometimes goes indicate a malfunction.
blank for
slightly longer
than usual
during channel
change.

TV cabinet creaks. • Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or
contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a
sound is heard malfunction.
when the TV is
turned on.

22 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65 22 14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Specifications
KV-SW292M50 KV-SW252M50 Note

Power requirements 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz


Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 /
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 /
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 /
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 /
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 6W+6W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 3 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 4 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 29 in. 25 in.
Tube size (mm) 724 639 Measured diagonally
Viewing screen 679 598 Measured diagonally
size (mm)
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 780 × 583 × 523 696 × 517 × 522
Mass (kg) 47 36

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65 23 14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Black
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

You might also like